ACSS an L 3 Communications and Thales TT-951 TCAS User Manual Part 2
ACSS an L-3 Communications and Thales Company TCAS Users Manual Part 2
Contents
- 1. Users Manual Part 1
- 2. Users Manual Part 2
Users Manual Part 2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 2--13 (Sheet 2). Directional Antenna Baseplate Outline and Installation Diagram 34-43-20 2--53/(2--54 blank) 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 2--14. Gables G130--XX Control Panel Outline and Installation Diagram 34-43-20 2--55/(2--56 blank) 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 2--15. VSI/TRA Outline and Installation Diagram 34-43-20 2--57/(2--58 blank) 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 1. General This section gives electrical installation procedures, power distribution, and interconnect information for each component on the T2CAS system. 2. Equipment and Materials For new T2CAS installations, refer to Table 1--1 for RCZ--852 Transponder Installation Kit information. For all other components, refer to the applicable Outline and Installation Diagram in the MECHANICAL INSTALLATION section for mating connector part numbers. 3. Electrical Installation Procedure The information necessary to provide the electrical interconnections is contained in the following paragraphs. Refer to Section 4, LOADING/GRADIENT SPECIFICATIONS, for a list of the signal names used in the interconnect diagrams and tables. NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, all wires shall be stranded #22 AWG. NOTE: All ARINC 429 Data Bus wires shall be stranded #22 AWG twisted shield wire. All outer shields shall be terminated to the airframe ground. Unshielded portions of the cable and shield ground wires should be kept to a minimum length to minimize RF susceptibility. NOTE: All electrical installations must be in compliance with SFAR--88. 4. Electrical Installation A. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Units Figure 3--1 shows some general types of T2CAS system installations, using various combinations of controllers (control panels) and transponders. The various installation options require different electrical connections as described in the paragraphs that follow. The T2CAS Computer Unit uses programming and configuration straps to select or deselect various TCAS functions. In addition, the T2CAS uses the APM and ASDB to select or deselect various TAWS/RWS functions. The T2CAS Computer Unit ARINC 600 connector layout is shown in Figure 3--2. The contact arrangement for the various connector plugs are shown in Figure 3--3 thru Figure 3--8. Figure 3--9 shows the connector pin layout for the DATA LOADER connector located on the front of the computer unit. B. APM Figure 2--6 shows a typical APM installation. An APM can be mounted to existing aircraft structure or can be mounted to the ACSS’ APM mounting bracket that is secured to the aft side of the T2CAS computer tray connector, reference Figure 3--3. If the Customer specifies the ACSS APM mounting bracket, the Contractor shall manufacture and provide this APM bracket sub kit for this Customer’s T2CAS installations 34-43-20 3--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 C. TCAS Antennas The electrical installation for the TCAS antennas is specified in the LOADING AND GRADIENT section. Figure 3--3 shows the T2CAS computer contact arrangement for the top directional antenna and Figure 3--4 shows the T2CAS computer contact arrangement for the bottom antenna. 3--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--1. Typical TCAS Installation Types 34-43-20 3--3 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 D. GPS Antenna and Coax All T2CAS installations require a GPS position source (that includes GPS altitude). The installation design will consist of an A429 interface to the GPS sensor if the signal is available, or the T2CAS internal GPS module will be required. The installation then consists of the installation of a GPS antenna and the coax cable to the T2CAS unit, LBP pin 13. Figure 2--4 shows a typical T2CAS installation with an existing GPS source. Where the internal module is required, the T2CAS GPS Installation Data Package includes the GPS antenna mounting structures provisions and all of the coax details to secure the coax to the airframe and connect the T2CAS GPS antenna with the T2CAS computer’s LBP pin 13. Figure 2--4 shows a typical T2CAS installation with an internal GPS module (installation includes GPS antenna and coax kit). 3--4 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--2. T2CAS Computer Tray Mating Connector 34-43-20 3--5 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--3. Contact Arrangement for CU Left Top Plug (LTP) Insert Figure 3--4. Contact Arrangement for CU Left Middle Plug (LMP) Insert 3--6 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--5. Contact Arrangement for Left Bottom Plug (LBP) Insert 34-43-20 3--7 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--6. Contact Arrangement for Right Top Plug (RTP) Insert 3--8 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--7. Contact Arrangement for Right Middle Plug (RMP) Insert 34-43-20 3--9 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--8. Contact Arrangement for Right Bottom Plug (RBP) Insert 3--10 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--9. TCAS Computer Unit Data Loader Connector (J1) Pin Layout 34-43-20 3--11 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 E. Control Panels Table 3--1 contains the interconnect data for the Gables G7130 series control panels. Table 3--1. Gables G7130--XX ATC/TCAS Control Panel Interconnect Data I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (I) 5 V ac Pnl Lighting (H) J1--1 (20) Acft Lighting Source (I) 5 V ac Pnl Lighting (L) J1--2 (20) Acft Lighting Source (I) +28 V dc Input Power (H) J1--3 (20) Acft 28 V dc Power (I) +28 V dc Return (L) J1--4 (20) Acft dc Ground (O) Antenna Transfer Discrete J1--5 (22) Antenna Relay (I) J1--6 (22) Acft dc Ground (O) Standby/On Output Disc J1--7 (22) Transponder No. 1 (I) Chassis Ground J1--8 (22) Airframe Ground (I) Functional Test J1--9 (22) Remote Test Switch J1--10 (22) Remote Warn Sys dc Ground (O) Warning & Caution Reserved J1--11 (I) XPDR Fail Logic No.2 J1--12 (22) Transponder No. 1 (I) Ident Input J1--13 (22) Remote IDENT Switch (I) XPDR Fail (High Level) J1--14 NC (O) Air/Gnd Switched Discrete J1--15 NC (O) Alt Source Select Discrete J1--16 (22) Transponder No.1 (20) Acft 28 V dc Power J1--17 Monitor Lamp Power J1--18 Reserved J1--19 (I) XPDR Configuration J1--20 (I) Lamp Test J1--21 (22) (O) ARINC 429 (A) Out J1--22 (22) (O) ARINC 429 (B) Out J1--23 (22) NC GND (I) Air/Gnd Discrete J1--24 Reserved J2--1 Reserved J2--2 3--12 15 Feb 2003 1, 2 2, 4 Reserved (I) Notes Rmt Lamp Test SW Transponder No.1 Transponder No.1 WOW Switch (22) 34-43-20 GND Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--1. Gables G7130--XX ATC/TCAS Control Panel Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To Notes (I) +28V dc Input Power (H) J2--3 (20) Acft 28 V dc Power (I) +28V dc Return (L) J2--4 (20) Acft dc Ground (O) Antenna Transfer Discrete J2--5 (22) Antenna Relay (I) J2--6 (22) Acft dc Ground (O) Standby/On Discrete J2--7 (22) Transponder No.2 (I) Chassis Ground J2--8 (22) Airframe Ground (I) Functional Test J2--9 (22) Remote Test SW J2--10 (22) Remote Warn Sys dc Ground (O) Warning & Caution Reserved J2--11 (I) XPDR Fail Logic No.2 J2--12 (22) Transponder No.2 (I) Ident Input J2--13 (22) Remote Ident SW (I) XPDR Fail (High Level) J2--14 1, 2 NC 2, 4 (O) Air/Gnd Switched Discrete J2--15 (22) (O) Alt Source Select Discrete J2--16 (22) Transponder No.2 (20) Acft 28 V dc Power Gnd/Open Rmt Lamp Test SW Transponder No.2 Transponder No.2 Acft WOW Switch Reserved J2--17 Monitor Lamp Pwr J2--18 Reserved J2--19 (I) XPDR Configuration J2--20 (I) Lamp Test J2--21 (22) (O) ARINC 429 (A) Out J2--22 (22) (O) ARINC 429 (B) Out J2--23 (22) (I) NC NC GND (I) Air/Gnd Discrete J2--24 (22) GND NOTES: 1. Connect either J1--5 or J2--5 to an antenna switching relay if one set of ATC antennas is used in a dual transponder installation. 2. Refer to Loading Gradient Specifications in Table 4--2. 3. Tie chassis ground to aircraft frame. 4. 28 V dc discrete input from Collins TDR--94D transponder. 5. Two wire shielded cable. Tie shields to aircraft dc ground. 34-43-20 3--13 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 F. Thales VSI/TRA Display Table 3--2 contains interconnect data for the Thales 41--pin connector units. Figure 3--10 shows the connector pin layouts for the 41--pin VSI/TRA configuration. Table 3--2. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interconnect Data I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (I) VS +dc Ref J1--1 (22) ARINC 575 ADC (I) VS dc Rate J1--2 (22) ARINC 575 ADC (I) VS --dc Ref J1--3 (22) ARINC 575 ADC (I) Primary VS (HI) J1--4 (22) (I) Primary VS (LO) J1--6 (22) GND (I) VS 26 V ac Ref (HI) J1--5 (I) Vert. Speed Digital Port (A) J1--7 (I) Vert. Speed Digital Port (B) J1--21 (I) VS VALID NO.1 (I) Notes ARINC 565 ADC or IRS ARINC 565 ADC or GND IRS (22) ARINC 565 ADC or IRS J1--8 (22) ARINC 565/575 ADC or IRS 5 V Lamp Dimming (LO) J1--9 (22) Acft Lamp Dim Ckt (I) 5 V Lamp Dimming (HI) J1--10 (22) Acft Lamp Dim Ckt (I) TCAS TA/RA ARINC 429 (B) J1--11 (22) TCAS Computer (I) TCAS TA/RA ARINC 429 (A) J1--26 (22) TCAS Computer (I) VS No.1 ARINC 429 (B) J1--12 (22) Digital ADC No.1 or IRS No.1 (I) VS No.1 ARINC 429 (A) J1--27 (22) Digital ADC No.1 or GND IRS No.1 GND GND (O) 26 VAC Bootstrap ref. Out 3--14 15 Feb 2003 J1--13 GND Bootstrap instrument 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--2. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin (I) VS No.2 ARINC 429 (B) J1--14 (22) (I) VS No.2 ARINC 429 (A) J1--30 (22) Connects To GND Notes Digital ADC No.2 or IRS No.2 Digital ADC No.2 or GND IRS No.2 (I) Config Strap Common J1--15 (22) Config Strap Logic Gnd (I) VS 26 V ac Ref (C) J1--16 (22) ARINC 565 ADC or IRS (I) Config Strap No.3 (CS3) J1--17 (22) Gnd/Open (O) Secondary VERT SPEED Validity input (+ 28 VDC) J1--18 (20) (O) VERT SPEED Bootstrap AC Out (HI) J1--19 (O) VERT SPEED Boots strap AC Out (LO) (I) ARINC 565/575 ADC (20) Bootstrap instrument J1--20 (20) Bootstrap instrument Chassis Ground J1--22 (22) Airframe Ground (I) 115 V ac Return (C) J1--23 (20) Acft ac Ground (I) Remote Light Sensor (LO) J1--24 (22) (I) Remote Light Sensor (HI) J1--25 (22) GND (I) Configuration strap J1--28 Acft Rmt Light Sensor Acft Rmt Light Sensor GND V/S response time selection (O) RA Valid Out J1--29 (22) TCAS Computer (I) Source Sel Discrete In (SS 1) J1--31 (22) Gnd/Open (I) Config Strap No.0 (CS0) J1--32 (22) Gnd/Open (I) Config Strap No.1 (CS1) J1--33 (22) Gnd/Open (I) Config Strap No.2 (CS2) J1--34 (22) Gnd/Open (I) Config Strap No.4 (CS4) J1--35 (22) Gnd/Open (I) Secondary Analog AC Input (LO) J1--36 (22) ARINC 565 ADC (I) Secondary Source Select Discrete Input (SS 2) J1--37 (22) Aircraft Switch 34-43-20 3--15 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--2. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (O) VERT SPEED VALID Discrete Output J1--38 (22) (I) dc Ground J1--39 (22) Acft dc Ground (I) 115 V ac Input Power (H) J1--40 (20) Acft 115 V ac Supply (I) Self--test/Display Test J1--41 (22) Aircraft Switch NOTES: 1. Two wire shielded cable. Tie shields to aircraft dc ground. 2. Three wire shielded cable. Tie shields to aircraft dc ground. 3. Tie chassis ground to aircraft frame. 3--16 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. Notes SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--10. VSI/TRA 41--Pin Connector Layout 34-43-20 3--17 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 G. TAWS Terrain Hazard Display All T2CAS installations will require at least one TAWS terrain hazard display. ARINC 708 and ARINC 429 WXR display and EFIS interfaces are supported. Figure 3--11 shows a typical single ARINC 708 terrain hazard display interface. T2CAS’ dual--independent terrain hazard display I/O supports dual ARINC 708 and dual ARINC 429 terrain hazard display systems. Figure 3--11 shows a typical single ARINC 708 terrain hazard display and display interface with annunciator switch panels. The TERR and WXR select switches shown are momentary but alternate action switches are also supported. The terrain INHIBIT or OVRD switches are alternate action switches and are typically guarded. 3--18 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--11. Typical T2CAS Single Terrain Hazard Display Interface 34-43-20 3--19 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 H. Transponders Table 3--3 thru Table 3--6 contain the interface information for the ACSS transponders. The transponders use altimetry data supplied in one of the following formats: ARINC 429 (from a digital ADC), ARINC 575, Synchro, or Gillham code. Altimetry data from one of these source types must be connected to the transponder. If a single altimetry source is used, it should be wired to both sets of transponder inputs. All Mode S transponders require a unique 24--bit code (Mode S address) assigned to each aircraft. For aircraft registered in the United States, it is necessary to have a specific address code assigned. These address codes are presently issued by: Federal Aviation Administration FAA Aircraft Registry P.O. Box 25504 Oklahoma City, OK 73125 Tel: (405) 954--3116 Fax: (405) 954--3548 If the aircraft is registered in a country other than the United States, contact the aviation authority of the country in which the aircraft is registered. The Mode S address is usually issued as an 8--digit octal number. To strap the address code correctly, each digit must be converted to a corresponding binary number. (For example: 7 octal = 111 binary, 1 octal = 001 binary.) Once the 8--digit octal code is converted to a 24--bit binary number, the straps (address pins) must be grounded or left open according to this binary number representation. Each binary 0 represents an open strap and each binary 1 represents a grounded strap. An example of an octal code number being converted to a binary number is shown below: Octal address code = 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 In binary this number is: (MSB) 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 000 (LSB) (1) XS--950 Data Link Transponder Table 3--3 contains the interconnect data for the XS--950 Data Link Transponder, Part No. 7517800--XXYYY. If additional XS--950 Data Link Transponder installation or operational information is required, refer to Mode S Data Link Transponder System Description and Installation Manual, ACSS Pub. No. A09--3839--001. 3--20 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To Notes (I) Mode C Pulse A1 #2 P1A--1A (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse A2 #2 P1A--1B (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse A4 #2 P1A--1C (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse B1 #2 P1A--1D (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse B2 #2 P1A--1E (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse B4 #2 P1A--1F (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse C1 #2 P1A--1G (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse C2 #2 P1A--1H (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse C4 #2 P1A--1J (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Mode C Pulse D2 #2 P1A--1K (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ARINC 429 (A) COMM A/B P1A--2A Input from ADLP (22) Airborne Data Link Processor (I) ARINC 429 (B) COMM A/B P1A--2B Input from ADLP (22) Airborne Data Link GND Processor (I) ARINC 429 (A) COMM C/D P1A--2C Input from ADLP (22) (I) ARINC 429 (B) Comm C/D P1A--2D Input from ADLP (22) (O) ARINC 429 (A) COMM C/D P1A--2E Output to ADLP (22) (O) ARINC 429 (B) COMM C/D P1A--2F Output to ADLP (22) (I) Reserved P1A--2G Reserved P1A--2H Reserved P1A--2J Mode C Pulse D4 #2 P1A--2K Reserved P1A--3A GND GND GND Airborne Data Link Processor Airborne Data Link GND Processor Airborne Data Link Processor Airborne Data Link GND Processor (22) Encoding Altm #2 (O) XPDR Fail Discrete Out #2 P1A--3B (22) Control Panel (I) Cable Delay Prog Top/Bot P1A--3C (22) Gnd/Open (I) Cable Delay Program B P1A--3D (22) Gnd/Open (I) Cable Delay Program A P1A--3E (22) Gnd/Open (I) Cable Delay Prog Common P1A--3F (22) Program Logic Gnd 34-43-20 3--21 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To Notes (I) SDI Program A P1A--3G (22) Gnd/Open (I) SDI Program B P1A--3H (22) Gnd/Open (I) SDI Common P1A--3J (22) Program Logic Gnd (I) Mode C Pulse Common #2 P1A--3K (22) Encoding Altm #2 (I) Syn Alt In #1: Coarse X P1A--4A (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: Coarse Y P1A--4B (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: Coarse Z P1A--4C (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: 26 V Ref (H) P1A--4D (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: 26 V Ref (C) P1A--4E (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: Fine X P1A--4F (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: Fine Y P1A--4G (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: Fine Z P1A--4H (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 (I) Syn Alt In #1: Flag P1A--4J (22) ARINC 565 ADC #1 Reserved P1A--4K (22) (I) Max True Airspeed Prog A P1A--5A (22) Gnd/Open (I) Max True Airspeed Prog B P1A--5B (22) Gnd/Open (I) Max True Airspeed Prog C P1A--5C (22) Gnd/Open (I) Max True AS Common P1A--5D (22) Program Logic Gnd (I) ARINC 429 (A) TX Coord P1A--5E (22) TCAS Computer (I) ARINC 429 (B) TX Coord P1A--5F (22) TCAS Computer GND GND (O) ARINC 429 (A) XT Coord P1A--5G (22) TCAS Computer (O) ARINC 429 (B) XT Coord P1A--5H TCAS Computer (22) GND GND (I) Air/Gnd Discrete Input #2 P1A--5J (22) Control Panel (I) Air/Gnd Discrete Input #1 P1A--5K (22) Control Panel (I) ARINC 429 (A) Flt ID Input P1A--6A (22) (I) ARINC 429 (B) Flt ID Input P1A--6B (22) GND 3--22 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Flight ID Source Flight ID Source GND Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To Notes (I) ARINC 429 (A) ADL Input P1A--6C (22) ARINC 615 Airborne Data Loader (I) ARINC 429 (B) ADL Input P1A--6D (22) ARINC 615 Airborne GND Data Loader GND (O) ARINC 429 (A) ADL Out P1A--6E (22) (O) ARINC 429 (B) ADL Out P1A--6F (22) GND ARINC 615 Airborne Data Loader ARINC 615 Airborne GND Data Loader (I) ADL Input Link A P1A--6G (22) ARINC 615 Airborne Data Loader (I) ARINC 575 (A) ADC In #1 P1A--6H (22) ARINC 575 ADC #1 (I) ARINC 575 (B) ADC In #1 P1A--6J (22) ARINC 575 ADC #1 GND GND (I) Single/Dual Antenna Prog P1A--6K (22) Gnd/Open (I) ARINC 429 (A) Control Data Input Port A P1A--7A (22) Control Panel (I) ARINC 429 (B) Control Data Input Port A P1A--7B (22) Control Panel Reserved P1A--7C GND GND (I) Control Data Port Select In P1A--7D (22) Gnd/Open (I) ARINC 429 (A) Control Data Input Port B P1A--7E (22) (I) ARINC 429 (B) Control Data Input Port B P1A--7F (22) (I) STBY/ON Discrete Input P1A--7G (22) (I) ARINC 429 (A) ADC #1 In P1A--7H (22) ARINC 706 ADC #1 (I) ARINC 429 (B) ADC #1 In P1A--7J (22) ARINC 706 ADC #1 GND (I) P1A--7K Top Antenna RF Input P1A--71 Control Panel Control Panel GND Control Panel GND Reserved coax 34-43-20 GND Top Antenna 3--23 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) Connector Pin I/O Description (I) Mode S Adrs Bit A1 (MSB) P1B--1A (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A2 P1B--1B (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A3 P1B--1C (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A4 P1B--1D (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A5 P1B--1E (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A6 P1B--1F (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A7 P1B--1G (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A8 P1B--1H (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A9 P1B--1J (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A10 P1B--1K (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A11 P1B--2A (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A12 P1B--2B (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A13 P1B--2C (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A14 P1B--2D (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A15 P1B--2E (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A16 P1B--2F (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A17 P1B--2G (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A18 P1B--2H (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A19 P1B--2J (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A20 P1B--2K (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A21 P1B--3A (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A22 P1B--3B (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Address Bit A23 P1B--3C (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Adrs Bit A24 (LSB) P1B--3D (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode S Adrs Bit Common P1B--3E (22) Address Logic Gnd Reserved P1B--3F Reserved P1B--3G Functional Test Discrete In P1B--3H (22) Remote Test Switch P1B--3J (22) Control Panel (O) XPDR Fail Discrete Out #1 P1B--3K (22) (I) (O) Alt Comparison Fail Discrete Output 3--24 15 Feb 2003 Connects To NC 34-43-20 Control Panel Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. Notes SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To Notes (I) Mode C Pulse A1 #1 P1B--4A (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse A2 #1 P1B--4B (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse A4 #1 P1B--4C (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse B1 #1 P1B--4D (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse B2 #1 P1B--4E (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse B4 #1 P1B--4F (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse C1 #1 P1B--4G (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse C2 #1 P1B--4H (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse C4 #1 P1B--4J (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Mode C Pulse D2 #1 P1B--4K (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ARINC 429 (A) ADC #2 In P1B--5A (22) ARINC 706 ADC #2 (I) ARINC 429 (B) ADC #2 In P1B--5B (22) ARINC 706 ADC #2 ARINC 575 ADC #2 ARINC 575 ADC #2 GND (I) ARINC 575 (A) ADC #2 In P1B--5C (22) (I) ARINC 575 (B) ADC #2 In P1B--5D (22) GND GND GND (O) ARINC 429 (A) Comm A/B Output to ADLP P1B--5E (22) Airborne Data Link Processor (O) ARINC 429 (B) Comm A/B Output to ADLP P1B--5F (22) Airborne Data Link GND Processor (I) Alt Comparison On/Off Discrete Input P1B--5G (22) (I) Mode S Data Link Program P1B--5H (22) Gnd/Open (I) Antenna Bite Program P1B--5J (22) Gnd/Open (I) Mode C Pulse D4 #1 P1B--5K (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ARINC 429 (A) Maintenance Data Input P1B--6A (22) Onboard Maint Computer System (I) ARINC 429 (B) Maintenance Data Input P1B--6B (22) Onboard Maint GND Computer System GND Control Panel GND 34-43-20 3--25 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (O) ARINC 429 (A) Maintenance Data Output P1B--6C (22) (O) ARINC 429 (B) Maintenance Data Output P1B--6D (22) (I) Air Data Source Select Discrete Input P1B--6E (22) Gnd/Open (I) Alt Type Select Prog B P1B--6F (22) Gnd/Open (I) Alt Type Select Prog A P1B--6G (22) Gnd/Open (I) Alt Type Select Common P1B--6H (22) Program Logic Gnd Reserved P1B--6J GND Onboard Maint Computer System Onboard Maint GND Computer System (I) Mode C Pulse Common #1 P1B--6K (22) Encoding Altm #1 (I) Syn Alt In #2: Coarse X P1B--7A (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: Coarse Y P1B--7B (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: Coarse Z P1B--7C (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: 26 V Ref (H) P1B--7D (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: 26 V Ref (C) P1B--7E (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: Fine X P1B--7F (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: Fine Y P1B--7G (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: Fine Z P1B--7H (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 (I) Syn Alt In #2: Flag P1B--7J (22) ARINC 565 ADC #2 Reserved P1B--7K (I) Bottom Antenna RF Input P1B--71 coax Bottom Antenna (I) 115 V ac Input Power (H) P1C--1 (20) Acft 115 V ac Sup Spare P1C--2 (I) +28 V dc Return (L) P1C--3 (16) Acft dc Ground (I) XPDR OFF (NO) P1C--4 Spare P1C--5 NC (O) Fan +28 V dc P1C--6 (22) Fan + (I) 115 V ac Return (L) P1C--7 (20) Acft ac Ground (I) Signal Ground P1C--8 (16) Acft ac Ground (O) Fan Return (L) P1C--9 3--26 15 Feb 2003 Notes Fan -- 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (I) +28 V dc Input Power P1C--10 (16) +28V Acft Power (I) Chassis Ground P1C--11 (16) Airframe Ground I/O Suppression Pulse P1C--12 coax L--Band Suppression Bus I/O Suppression Pulse P1C--13 coax L--Band Suppression Bus Notes The interconnect data that follows is for the ARINC 615 Portable Data Loader (PDL) connector J1 located on the front panel of the transponder. The transponder’s operational software can be updated (upload to transponder) through this connector. In addition, the contents of the fault log can be extracted for analysis and troubleshooting (download from transponder). The 53 pin front panel PDL connector contains both an ARINC 429 high speed bus interface for connection to an ARINC 615 PDL, and an RS--232 bus interface for connection to a personal computer (PC) through a standard serial port. Only the pins used by the transponder are shown. The PDL standard interface cable should be 10 feet in length (3 meters) and be terminated with a connector type MS27473T--18A--53S at the data loader end and connector type MS27473T--18A--53P at the transponder end. (I) ARINC 429 (A) PDL Input J1--1 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (I) ARINC 429 (B) PDL Input J1--2 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (I) Bus Shield J1--5 (22) Chassis Ground (O) ARINC 429 (A) PDL Out J1--8 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (O) ARINC 429 (B) PDL Out J1--9 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (O) Bus Shield J1--16 (22) Chassis Ground PDL Link A J1--18 (22) ARINC 615 PDL PDL Link B J1--19 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (O) 115 V ac Power Out (H) J1--20 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (O) Chassis Ground J1--21 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (O) 115 V ac Power Out (C) J1--22 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (O) +28 V dc Power Out J1--37 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (O) +28 V dc Return J1--38 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (I) J1--40 (22) RS--232 Interface J1--41 (22) RS--232 Interface Logic Common (Gnd) J1--48 (22) RS--232 Interface Logic Common (Gnd) J1--49 (22) RS--232 Interface (I) PDL Function Discrete #1 J1--50 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (I) PDL Function Discrete #2 J1--51 (22) ARINC 615 PDL RS--232 PDL Input (O) RS--232 PDL Output 34-43-20 3--27 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--3. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (I) PDL Function Discrete #3 J1--52 (22) ARINC 615 PDL (I) PDL Function Discrete #4 J1--53 (22) ARINC 615 PDL NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 3--28 Notes Two wire shielded cable. Tie shields to aircraft dc ground. Tie chassis ground to aircraft frame. Two wire shielded cable. Tie shield to pin 5. Two wire shielded cable. Tie shield to pin 16. The 115 V ac (H) and 115 V ac (C) should be shielded or twisted and shielded with an insulating jacket over the shield. The shield should be connected to chassis ground (pin 21). There is a +28 V dc output available from the transponder, however most ARINC 615 Data Loaders do not have the capability to operate from 28 Volt power. If the RS--232 interface is going to be used, these pins should be connected to a standard serial port (usually a 9--pin D connector). 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (2) RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Table 3--4 contains the interconnect data for the RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder, Part No. 7510700--850. Prior to final installation of the transponder mounting tray, the strap assembly, Figure 3--12, located on the back of each mounting tray must be programmed to incorporate the aircraft Mode S address and the desired options. Information for programming the strap assembly is contained in Table 3--5 and Table 3--6. Programming of the strap assembly consists of removing or installing a string of jumper wires that provide a 48--bit serial data word for encoding the system configuration. In Table 3--6, the output is grounded if the corresponding W* (jumper wire) is installed for a particular bit, and open if the jumper wire is cut out. The strap assembly is shipped with all 48--bit jumpers installed. If a jumper is inadvertently cut out or a parameter change requires a jumper to be reinstalled, a suitable piece of AWG 24 bus wire should be used. Table 3--4. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interconnect Data I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (O) XPDR +28 V FAN RTN J1--1 NC (O) XPDR +28 V FAN PWR J1--2 NC I/O MUT SUP (P) J1--3 (24) GND L--Band Suppression GND Bus Spare J1--4 Spare J1--5 Spare J1--6 (I) XPDR +28V RTN J1--7 (22) Acft dc Ground (I) XPDR +28V PWR J1--8 (22) Acft 28 V Supply (I) XPDR +28V PWR J1--9 (22) Acft 28 V Supply Spare J1--10 PROGRAM ENA (PO) J1--11 NC J1--12 NC (I) (O) XPDR TX RS232 Reserved J1--13 Reserved J1--14 Reserved J1--15 Reserved J1--16 (I) dc GROUND J1--17 (22) Acft dc Ground (I) dc GROUND J1--18 (22) Acft dc Ground 34-43-20 Notes 3--29 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--4. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin Connects To (I) dc GROUND J1--19 (22) Acft dc Ground (I) XPDR +28V RTN J1--20 (22) Acft dc Ground (I) dc GROUND J1--21 (22) Acft dc Ground Spare J1--22 (O) XPDR VALID (PO) J1--23 NC (I) XPDR RX RS232 J1--24 NC (O) PROGRAM +15V J1--25 NC (O) XPDR to TCAS 429 (A) J1--26 (22) GND (O) XPDR to TCAS 429 (B) J1--27 (22) GND TCAS Computer TCAS Computer GND Notes GND (O) XPDR to DLP A/B 429 (A) J1--28 (22) Airborne Data Link Processor (O) XPDR to DLP A/B 429 (B) J1--29 (22) Airborne Data Link GND Processor GND (O) XPDR to DLP C/D 429 (A) J1--30 (22) Airborne Data Link Processor (O) XPDR to DLP C/D 429 (B) J1--31 (22) Airborne Data Link GND Processor GND (I) ADC1 to XPDR 429/575A J1--32 (22) (I) ADC1 to XPDR 429/575B J1--33 (22) GND ARINC 429 or 575 ADC #1 ARINC 429 or 575 GND ADC #1 (I) CTL1 to XPDR 429 (A) J1--34 (22) Control Panel (I) CTL1 to XPDR 429 (B) J1--35 (22) Control Panel GND Reserved J1--36 Reserved J1--37 Reserved J1--38 Reserved J1--39 3--30 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 GND Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--4. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Connector Pin (I) TCAS to XPDR 429 (A) J1--40 (22) (I) TCAS to XPDR 429 (B) J1--41 (22) Connects To GND Notes TCAS Computer TCAS Computer GND (I) DLP A/B to XPDR 429 (A) J1--42 (22) Airborne Data Link Processor (I) DLP A/B to XPDR 429 (B) J1--43 (22) Airborne Data Link GND Processor GND (I) DLP C/D to XPDR 429 (A) J1--44 (22) Airborne Data Link Processor (I) DLP C/D to XPDR 429 (B) J1--45 (22) Airborne Data Link GND Processor GND (I) ADC2 to XPDR 429/575A J1--46 (22) (I) ADC2 to XPDR 429/575B J1--47 (22) GND ARINC 429/575 Digital ADC ARINC 429/575 GND Digital ADC (I) CTL2 to XPDR 429 (A) J1--48 (22) Control Panel (I) CTL2 to XPDR 429 (B) J1--49 (22) Control Panel GND GND (O) XPDR to CTL 429 (A) J1--50 (22) Control Panel 2, 3 (O) XPDR to CTL 429 (B) J1--51 (22) Control Panel 2, 3 GND GND Reserved J1--52 (I) ENC ALT1 C1 (N) J1--53 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 C2 (N) J1--54 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 C4 (N) J1--55 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 D2 (N) J1--56 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 D4 (N) J1--57 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 A1 (N) J1--58 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ALT COMP ENA (NO) J1--59 (24) Gnd/Open (I) ALT SRC SEL2 (NO) J1--60 (24) Gnd/Open 34-43-20 3--31 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--4. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O (I) Description Connector Pin Connects To CTL SRC SEL1 (NO) J1--61 (24) Reserved J1--62 Reserved J1--63 (I) FMS to XPDR 429 (A) J1--64 (22) (I) FMS to XPDR 429 (B) J1--65 (22) GND Notes Gnd/Open Flt Management Sys Flt Management Sys GND Reserved J1--66 (I) ENC ALT1 A2 (N) J1--67 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 A4 (N) J1--68 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 B1 (N) J1--69 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 B2 (N) J1--70 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) ENC ALT1 B4 (N) J1--71 (24) Encoding Altm #1 (I) XPDR STANDBY (NO) J1--72 (24) Control Panel (I) SQUAT SWITCH 1 (NO) J1--73 (24) Control Panel or Acft Squat Switch (I) XPDR OFF (NO) J1--74 (I) SQUAT SWITCH 2 (NO) J1--75 Control Panel or Acft Squat Switch XPDR TX RCB (P) J1--76 NC XPDR TX RCB (N) J1--77 NC XPDR RX RCB (P) J1--78 NC XPDR RX RCB (N) J1--79 NC (I) ENC ALT2 C1 (N) J1--80 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 C2 (N) J1--81 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 C4 (N) J1--82 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 D2 (N) J1--83 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 D4 (N) J1--84 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 A1 (N) J1--85 (24) Encoding Altm #2 Reserved J1--86 Reserved J1--87 Reserved J1--88 3--32 15 Feb 2003 NC (24) 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--4. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interconnect Data (cont) I/O Description Reserved Connector Pin Connects To Notes J1--89 (O) XPDR STRAP +5V J1--90 (26) Strap Board (Red) (O) XPDR STRAP CLK (N) J1--91 (26) Strap Board (Blue) (O) XPDR STRAP LOAD (N) J1--92 (26) Strap Board (Orn) (I) XPDR STRAP DATA (P) J1--93 (26) Strap Board (Wht) (I) ENC ALT2 A2 (N) J1--94 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 A4 (N) J1--95 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 B1 (N) J1--96 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 B2 (N) J1--97 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (I) ENC ALT2 B4 (N) J1--98 (24) Encoding Altm #2 (O) XPDR ACTIVE (NO) J1--99 (24) Antenna Switching Relay (O) XPDR VALID (NO) J1--100 (24) Reserved Control Panel J1--101 (O) ALT VALID (NO) J1--102 (24) Control Panel (O) XPDR STRAP GND J1--103 (26) Strap Board (Blk) (O) XPDR STRAP PGM (N) J1--104 (26) Strap Board (Grn) (O) XPDR STRAP PGM (P) J1--105 (26) Strap Board (Yel) -- POLARIZATION PIN J1--106 NC (I) Bottom Antenna RF Input J2 coax Bottom Antenna (I) Top Antenna RF Input J3 coax Top Antenna NOTES: 1. Use AWG--24 single conductor, shielded wire. Attach shield to ground loop E1 or E2 on back of mounding tray. 2. Two wire shielded cable. Tie shields to ground loop E1 or E2 located on back of mounting tray. 3. This ARINC 429 output is required on some Collins Control Panels that require a feedback loop to make sure the transponder is working properly. 4. Refer to interface descriptions in Table 4--5. 5. This output is connected only if the control panel has an ALT FAIL input function. 34-43-20 3--33 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--5. Strap Assembly Strap Assignments Strap Number Strap Number Name NAME W1 System Position B0 W25 Mode S Address B16 W2 System Position B1 W26 Mode S Address B17 W3 Parity W27 Mode S Address B18 W4 Parity W28 Mode S Address B19 W5 Squat Switch Polarity W29 Mode S Address B20 W6 Maximum Airspeed B0 W30 Mode S Address B21 W7 Maximum Airspeed B1 W31 Mode S Address B22 W8 Maximum Airspeed B2 W32 Mode S Address B23 W9 Mode S Address B0 W33 Altitude Source B0 W10 Mode S Address B1 W34 Altitude Source B1 W11 Mode S Address B2 W35 DLP Installed W12 Mode S Address B3 W36 TCAS II Installed W13 Mode S Address B4 W37 Antenna Cable Installation B0 W14 Mode S Address B5 W38 Antenna Cable Installation B1 W15 Mode S Address B6 W39 TCAS TA Display Enable W16 Mode S Address B7 W40 TCAS I Installed W17 Mode S Address B8 W41 Altitude Resolution W18 Mode S Address B9 W42 Reserved W19 Mode S Address B10 W43 Reserved W20 Mode S Address B11 W44 Reserved W21 Mode S Address B12 W45 Reserved W22 Mode S Address B13 W46 Reserved W23 Mode S Address B14 W47 Reserved W24 Mode S Address B15 W48 Reserved NOTE: The strap logic levels are as follows: GND = Jumper wire installed (Uncut) OPEN = Jumper wire not installed (Cut) 3--34 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 3--12. Strap Assembly Table 3--6. Strap Assembly Programming Instructions Strap Number W1 W2 Functional Description SYSTEM (SIDE) POSITION: (B0, B1) The System (Side) Position straps define which system position the transponder is located at. Normal practice is to designate the captain’s or pilot’s system as Side 1, the copilot’s system as Side 2, and the engineer’s, center, or backup system as Side 3. The straps are defined as follows: Strap Number W1 W2 Definition Gnd Open Gnd Open W3 W4 Gnd Gnd Open Open Side 1 Side 2 Side 3 Reserved PARITY The Parity straps are used to make sure the strap data is valid. Straps W3 and W4 are parity bits and must be programmed as follows: After all other straps have been programmed, count the number of Gnd (Uncut) straps in positions W1, W2 and W5 thru W48. If the number of uncut straps is even, cut strap W3. If the number of uncut straps is odd, cut strap W4. NOTES: 1. To have correct parity, either jumper W3 or W4 has to be cut, but not both. 2. If parity is invalid, the transponder fails the Power--On Self--Test (POST) and discontinues operation. 34-43-20 3--35 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--6. Strap Assembly Programming Instructions (cont) Strap Number Functional Description W5 SQUAT SWITCH POLARITY The Squat Switch Polarity strap is used to indicate the logic or signal sense of the aircraft squat switch on ground condition. If the squat switch is closed when the aircraft is on the ground, jumper W5 must be installed (Uncut). If the squat switch is closed when the aircraft is airborne, jumper W5 must be Open (Cut). W6 W7 W8 AIRCRAFT MAXIMUM TRUE AIRSPEED RANGE: (B0, B1, B2) The Aircraft Maximum True Airspeed Range straps are used to define the aircraft’s maximum airspeed capability. The straps are defined as follows: Strap Number W6 W7 W8 Definition Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd Open Open Open Open No Data Available 75 Knots or Less 76 to 150 Knots 151 to 300 Knots 301 to 600 Knots 601 to 1200 Knots Over 1200 Knots Not Assigned W9 thru W32 (LSB -- MSB) MODE S ADDRESS: (B0 THRU B23) The Mode S Address is a unique 24--bit code assigned to each aircraft. Straps W9 thru W32 are used to program this 24--bit binary number. The straps must be set according to this binary number representation. Each binary 1 represents a Cut strap and each binary 0 represents an Uncut strap. Strap W9 represents the least significant digit of the binary number and strap W32 represents the most significant digit of the binary number. The initial board condition with all jumpers is a 0 address. NOTE: An address of all 0’s or all 1’s is an illegal address, and can cause the aircraft to be invisible to TCAS II equipped aircraft in flight. Never use an illegal address for an installed system. W33 W34 ALTITUDE SOURCE: (B0, B1) The Altitude Source straps select the type of altitude information used by the transponder. Altitude information can be generated by an encoding altimeter in the form of Gray aka Gillham code, or by a digital Air Data Computer. The straps are defined as follows: Strap Number W33 W34 Definition Gnd Gnd Gillham Gray Code Altitude Source Open Gnd ARINC 429 Altitude Source Gnd Open ARINC 575 Altitude Source Open Open RSB Altitude Source NOTE: The RSB altitude source is a valid selection only when the transponder receives tuning information from an RCB bus. 3--36 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--6. Strap Assembly Programming Instructions (cont) Strap Number Functional Description W35 DLP INSTALLED The DLP Installed strap specifies whether the transponder is connected to an Airborne Data Link Processor system. The strap is selected as follows: Gnd = DLP is not installed Open = DLP is installed W36 TCAS II INSTALLED The TCAS II Installed strap specifies whether the transponder is connected to a TCAS II system. The strap is selected as follows: Gnd = TCAS II is not installed Open = TCAS II is installed NOTE: If both TCAS II and TCAS I (strap W40) are set (Grounded), the transponder will default to TCAS II operation. Both straps should not be cut. W37 W38 ANTENNA CABLE INSTALLATION: (B0, B1) The Antenna Cable Install straps are used to set the system for either a single (bottom) antenna installation, or a diversity installation. In the diversity installation, the straps adjust for the difference in RF propagation times through the upper and lower antenna cables which occur because of their dissimilar lengths. The antenna cable delay is selected as follows: Strap Number W37 W38 Definition Gnd Gnd Single (bottom) Antenna Installation Open Gnd Top > Bottom Cable Length, Differential Delay >40 nanoseconds Gnd Open Bottom > Top Cable Length, Differential Delay >40 nanoseconds Open Open Differential Delay is <40 nanoseconds NOTE: The differential delay is equal to two times the length (in feet) of the difference between the top and bottom antenna cable lengths, times the characteristic delay (nanoseconds / feet) of the cable type in use. W39 TCAS TA DISPLAY ENABLE The TCAS Display Enable strap allows the TCAS display to be either tunable or fixed. The strap is not processed by the transponder, but is used by a RMU when an RSB tuning source is selected. The strap is not used by ARINC tuning sources. The strap definition is as follows: Gnd = TA Display is tunable (ON / OFF / AUTO POP--UP) modes selectable Open = TA Display is not selectable (AUTO POP--UP mode only) W40 TCAS I INSTALLED The TCAS I Installed strap specifies whether the transponder is connected to a TCAS I system. The strap is selected as follows: Gnd = TCAS I is not installed Open = TCAS I is installed NOTE: If both TCAS I and TCAS II (strap W36) are set (Grounded), the transponder will default to TCAS II operation. Both straps should not be cut. 34-43-20 3--37 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 3--6. Strap Assembly Programming Instructions (cont) Strap Number W41 ALTITUDE RESOLUTION The Altitude Resolution strap allows the transponder output to the TCAS (label 203) to be either 100 foot resolution or 1 foot resolution. The strap definition is as follows: Gnd = 1 Foot Resolution Open = 100 Foot Resolution NOTE: Most ARINC altitude inputs require 1 foot resolution. W42 thru W48 W49 W50 3--38 Functional Description RESERVED FUNCTION These straps are not used. The jumpers should be installed (Uncut). Jumpers W49 and W50 are not part of the 48--bit serial data pulse train and are not used on RCZ--852 Transponder installations. The jumpers should be installed (Uncut). 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 LOADING/GRADIENT SPECIFICATIONS 1. General This section contains the loading and gradient specifications for the input and output signals of each component of the T2CAS system. 2. TCAS Interface Description Component Table No. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description Table 4--1 Gables Control Panel Interface Description Table 4--2 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interface Description (Thales) Table 4--3 XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description Table 4--4 RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interface Description Table 4--5 34-43-20 4--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description Connector Pin Designation Functional Description T2CAS Computer Unit Right Middle Plug (RMP) RMP--1A, to RMP--1D Reserved Discrete Outputs (Standard Ground/Open) RMP--1E TA Display Enable Discrete Output (NO) This output is a ground/open type discrete (Note 3) used by the weather radar display to place the radar in standby mode. A ground on this pin enables the weather radar display. RMP--1F Corrective Aural Advisory Discrete Output (NO) This aural advisory discrete output is a ground/open type discrete (Note 3) used to control external equipment that generate tones to accompany TCAS advisories. The output is active whenever a corrective advisory (RA that requires a corrective maneuver) is issued. The output remains active for the duration of the synthesized voice unless it is cancelled by the cancel discrete at RMP--3D. Only one aural advisory is active at a time. The corrective discrete and preventative discrete at RMP--1K are mutually exclusive. The active state is ground and the inactive state is open. RMP--1G Reserved for GPS use. RMP--1H Reserved for GPS use. RMP--1J Climb Inhibit No. 1 Discrete Input (NO) This input is a ground/open type discrete used to provide information to the T2CAS CU whether to assume the aircraft cannot achieve a climb rate of 1500 feet per minute (FPM). The climb inhibit discrete inputs are designed in pairs (No. 1 and No. 2 at RMP--13G, or No. 3 at RBP--5J and No. 4 at RBP--5K) but can be wired as a single input or in conjunction with other aircraft operations to achieve airframe customization of the climb inhibit feature. The 1500 FPM climb inhibit function is assumed whenever No. 1 and No. 2 are ground or No. 3 and No. 4 are ground. See Note 1 for Ground/Open type discrete input definition. RMP--1K Preventive Aural Advisory Discrete Output (NO) Same as RMP--1F, except this discrete is active whenever a preventative advisory (RA that directs the flight crew to avoid certain maneuvers or maintain flight path) is issued. RMP--2A Traffic Aural Advisory Discrete Output (NO) Same as RMP--1F, except this discrete is active during a traffic advisory when information is being given to the flight crew regarding other aircraft in the immediate vicinity. No suggested maneuver is issued. This output is inhibited if either the corrective or preventative output is active. RMP--2B Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--2C Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--2D Advisory/Announce Common This is the return line for the aural and visual advisory discrete outputs. 4--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation RMP--2E Functional Description Spare Pin RMP--2F, 2G 8 Ohm Audio Output: (RMP--2F [HI], RMP--2G [LO]) This is a synthesized voice output supplied by the T2CAS computer unit. Its level is programmable up to 8 Watts into an 8 Ohm speaker. All aural traffic and resolution advisories are announced over this output. See RBP--7A for audio level programming. RMP--2H, 2J Radio Altimeter No. 1 ARINC 552/Analog Input: (RMP--2H [HI], RMP--2J [LO]) Normal aircraft configurations include either two digital or two analog radio altimeter sources. The T2CAS computer unit attempts to establish which type is present in order to obtain data from one of the two available sources. TCAS first checks the radio altimeter No. 1 valid flag at RMP--2K. If No. 1 is not valid then No. 2 valid is checked at RBP--3C. If neither are valid then TCAS checks digital source No. 1 for valid data on the ARINC 429 bus at RMP--13H and RMP--13J. If none of the above are valid then the TCAS checks the digital source No. 2 for valid data on the ARINC 429 bus at RBP--3D and RBP--3E. This process is repeated until a valid flag or data is detected. Until a valid source is found, the TCAS function inhibits all surveillance, CAS, and TA/RA display functions, records failures in maintenance memory, and sets the TCAS system status discrete output at RMP--13K to invalid. The TCAS function uses radio altitude to inhibit advisories and aural annunciation when in close proximity to the ground. This analog input No. 1, as well as analog input No. 2, can accept data as a dc voltage from several types of radio altimeters. The type of radio altimeter is selected using the program pins RMP--12B and RMP--12H thru RMP--12K. RMP--2K Radio Altimeter No. 1 Valid Input (PO) See RMP--2H. A valid condition is greater than +18.5 Vdc. An invalid is open circuit. RMP--3A Corrective Visual Advisory Discrete Output (NO) The visual advisory discrete outputs are ground/open type discretes (Note 3) used to operate the annunciator lights on the displays. This output is activated whenever a corrective aural advisory is issued. The output remains active for the duration of the advisory unless cancelled by the cancel discrete at RMP--3D. Only one visual advisory is active at a time. The active state is ground and the inactive state is open. RMP--3B Preventive Visual Advisory Discrete Output (NO) Same as RMP--3A, except this discrete is activated whenever a preventative aural advisory is issued. RMP--3C Traffic Visual Advisory Discrete Output (NO) Same as RMP--3A, except this discrete is active during a traffic advisory. RMP--3D Cancel Discrete Input (NO) This input discrete provides a means of canceling aural and visual alerts. It should be connected to a cancel button (momentary ground type), if used. Groundprox/Windshear has priority over the cancel button. Open is the inactive state and a momentary ground (less than 50 Ohms) produces the active state, canceling any active aural or visual alert. 34-43-20 4--3 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation RMP--3E RMP--3F, 3G Functional Description Spare Pin 600 Ohm Audio Output: [RMP--3F (HI), RMP--3G (LO)] This is a synthesized voice output supplied by the T2CAS computer unit. Its level is programmable up to 80 milliwatts into a 600 Ohm audio distribution system. All aural traffic and resolution advisories are annunciated over this output. See RBP--7A for audio level programming. RMP--3H Spare Pin RMP--3J Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--3K Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4A Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4B Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4C Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4D TCAS Installed Discrete Output (Ground) Indicates to external systems that a TCAS Computer is installed. RMP--4E Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4F Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4G Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4H Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4J Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--4K Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. 4--4 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RMP--5A Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--5B Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--5C Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--5D Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--5E ADS--B Program Input (Intruder File Enable). RMP--5F ADS--B Program Input (GP Bus Enable). RMP--5G ADS--B Program Input (Reserved) RMP--5H Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--5J Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--5K Air Ground Discrete Input (NO): (Weight--On--Wheels) This ground/open type discrete input (Note 1) to the T2CAS computer unit indicates the status of the Air/Ground or Weight--On--Wheels (WOW) switch. TCAS filters this input to make sure it remains in a steady state a minimum of 4 seconds before an Air/Ground transition is recorded. An open indicates the aircraft is airborne and a ground indicates the aircraft is on the ground. Inputs should be diode isolated from each other. RMP--6A, 6B ARINC 429 Performance Limit Input: [RMP--6A (A), RMP--6B (B)] This Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.5 Kbits/s) input is provided for future applications to receive climb rate performance limit information from an external device such as a Flight Management Computer. RMP--6C Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--6D Performance Limit Discrete Input (NO) This input provides the T2CAS computer unit with an input from the Flight Management Computer (or equivalent) which indicates when the aircraft cannot achieve a 1500 FPM climb rate. When this input is ground, the climb rate is not limited and no action is needed by the T2CAS computer unit. When this input is open, the climb rate is limited when the aircraft is above the value set by the altitude limit program pins (RMP--6E thru RMP--6J). 34-43-20 4--5 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RMP--6E 2000 FT Altitude Limit Program Pin (NO) This pin, along with pins RMP--6F thru RMP--6J, select the “can’t climb” altitude in 2,000--foot increments up to 62,000 feet. This is the altitude the aircraft is not able to achieve a 0.25 G vertical acceleration to a 1500 FPM climb rate for an altitude gain of 750 feet above a certain altitude under all circumstances. The “can’t climb” altitude is selected by connecting jumper wires from altitude limit program pins to the program common pin (RMP--6K). RMP--6F 4000 FT Altitude Limit Program Pin (NO) See RMP--6E. RMP--6G 8000 FT Altitude Limit Program Pin (NO) See RMP--6E. RMP--6H 16000 FT Altitude Limit Program Pin (NO) See RMP--6E. RMP--6J 32000 FT Altitude Limit Program Pin (NO) See RMP--6E. RMP--6K Program Common See RMP--6E. RMP--7A, 7B ARINC 429 Magnetic Heading/Attitude Input: [RMP--7A (A), RMP--7B (B)] Reserved for future use RMP--7C, 7D ARINC 429 TA/RA Display No. 1 Output: [RMP--7C (A), RMP--7D (B)] This is one of two ARINC 429 high speed (100 kbits/s) bus outputs that supplies data to the TA/RA display such as a VSI/TRA or EFIS. The other output (TA/RA Display No. 2) is at RMP--7G and --7H. The TA/RA Display No. 1 outputs are also connected to the front (PDL) connector, which is used to supply display information to maintenance displays. See J1--33 and J1--34. RMP--7E TA/RA Display No. 1 Status Discrete Input (NO) Two display status ground/open discrete inputs (Note 1) are provided by the T2CAS computer unit at RMP--7E (TA/RA Display No. 1) and RMP--7J (TA/RA Display No. 2). A ground on either of these inputs is interpreted by TCAS to mean the display associated with that input is operating normally and is capable of displaying the TA/RA information, and that its data bus is active. An open indicates the inability of the display to present advisories or indicates its data bus is inactive. RMP--7F Spare Pin RMP--7G, 7H ARINC 429 TA/RA Display No. 2 Output: [RMP--7G (A), RMP--7H (B)] See RMP--7C and --7D. RMP--7J TA/RA Display No. 2 Status Discrete Input (NO) See RMP--7E. RMP--7K Spare Pin 4--6 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RMP--8A, 8B ARINC 429 Data Loader Input: [RMP--8A (A), RMP--8B (B)] These pins are used when the T2CAS computer unit is communicating with an ARINC 603 or 615 airborne data loader (ADL) through the rear ARINC 600 connector. The data loader programs the program memory in the T2CAS computer unit per the data loader function specified. The ADL and portable data loader (PDL) Low Speed ARINC 429 inputs (12.5 kbits/s) have separate receiver busses to allow for simultaneous connection of the ADL and PDL. These pins are also connected to the front (PDL) connector on the front of the unit. See J1--1 and J1--2. RMP--8C,8D ARINC 429 ADS--B No. 1 Input: [RMP--8C (A), RMP--8D (B)] TA/RA Display Control A429 Input #1 RMP--8E, 8F ARINC 429 Bus Input: [RMP--8E (A), RMP--8F (B)] General Purpose A429 Input #1 RMP--8G, 8H ARINC 429 Bus Input: [RMP--8G (A), RMP--8H (B)] TA/RA Display Control A429 Input #2 RMP--8J, 8K ARINC 429 ADS--B No. 2 Input: [RMP--8J (A), RMP--8K (B)] TAWS to TCAS A429 Output (A) RMP--9A, 9B ARINC 429 Data Loader Output: [RMP--9A (A), RMP--9B (B)] These pins are used when the T2CAS computer unit is communicating with an ARINC 603 or 615 airborne data loader (ADL) through the rear ARINC 600 connector. This connection is used to transmit data to the ADL during data loading operations. These pins are also connected to the front (PDL) connector on the front of the unit. See J1--8 and J1--9. RMP--9C, 9D Reserved for GPS use. RMP--9E, 9F Reserved for TAWS/GPS use. RMP--9G, 9H ARINC 429 Bus Output: [RMP--9G (A), RMP--9H (B)] CD General Purpose A429 Output #1 RMP--9J, 9K ARINC 429 ADS--B No. 2 Output: [RMP--9J (A), RMP--9K (B)] CD General Purpose A429 Output #2 34-43-20 4--7 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RMP--10A RMP--10B RMP--10C ADS--B Program Inputs Reserved for future use. RMP--10D Single Mode S Installation Program Inputs This pin allows the T2CAS CU to be configured for single or dual Mode S Transponder operation. When a single Mode S installation is enabled, the T2CAS CU defaults to the No. 1 Position Transponder without indicating Failure of the No. 2 Position Transponder. A Ground indicates Single Mode S Transponder Installation and an Open indicates Dual Mode S Transponder Installation. RMP--10E Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--10F Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--10G Thru RMP--10K Reserved Program Inputs Reserved for future use. RMP--11A Altitude Alerter Program Input RMP--11B Traffic Display of Flight ID Program Input This program pin allows traffic display of flight identification information from a transponder to be output on the TA/TA displays. A ground on this pin enables this function and an open disables the function. RMP--11C Male Voice Program Input This program input is intended to allow audio annunciation to be selectable for either male or female genders. A ground on this pin selects the male voice and an open selects the female voice. RMP--11D Flight Data Recorder ARINC 429 and Extended Maintenance Log Program Input This program pin is used to specify whether the ARINC 429 Flight Data Recorder (FDR) is to be used. An open on this pin means that the FDR is not utilized. A ground indicates that flight data is output as high--speed ARINC 429 (100 kbits/s) data on RA Display No. 1 and No. 2 buses. While the FDR is enabled, normal low--speed RA display bus operation is not available. A ground also enables RA/TA events recording in memory. RMP--11E Thru RMP--11K RMP--12A 4--8 15 Feb 2003 Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. Reserved Program Input Reserved for future use. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) RMP--12B Radio Altimeter Type Select Program Input No. 4 (NO) The T2CAS computer unit uses radio altitude to inhibit advisories and aural annunciation when in close proximity to the ground. This analog input No. 1, as well as analog input No. 2 can accept data as a dc voltage from several types of radio altimeters. Program pin RMP--12B is used, along with program pins RMP--12H, --12J, and --12K, to identify the type of analog radio altimeter installed. For T2CAS CU ARINC 552, Collins BCA, AHV--6, NR--AS--10A, LPIA, APN--232 CARA and metric type radio altimeters can be selected. The program pin inputs use ground/open logic levels. All unassigned program pin combinations are invalid and should not be selected. Pin RMP--6K can be used to supply a ground. Program Pin RMP--12K RMP--12J RMP--12H RMP--12B Altimeter Type Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Open Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Open Open Open Open Ground Ground Ground Ground Open Open Open Open Ground Ground Ground Ground Open Open Ground Ground Open Open Ground Ground Open Open Ground Ground Open Open Ground Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground ARINC 552/552A Collins BCA Metric Altimeter No. 1 Unassigned Metric Altimeter No. 2 Unassigned Metric Altimeter No. 3 Unassigned Metric Altimeter No. 4 Unassigned Military AHV6 (Linear) Military AHV6 (Log) Military NR--AS--10A (Alternate) Military APN--232 CARA Military LPIA Military NR--AS--10A (Curve Fit) The Radio Altitude sources listed are defined by the following: ARINC 552/552A --20 < H < 480 feet: Voltage = [ 0.02 x (H + 20) ] Vdc 480 < H < 2500 feet: Voltage = [ 10 x ( 1 + ln((H + 20)/500)) ] Vdc Were H = Radio Altitude in feet. Maximum Voltage output is 26.2 Vdc at any height above 2500 feet. Collins BCA --20 < H < 500 feet: Voltage = [ 0.02 x (H + 20) ] Vdc 500 < H < 2500 feet: Voltage = [ 10.4 + 0.003 x (H -- 500) ] Vdc Were H = Radio Altitude in feet. Maximum Voltage output is 26.2 Vdc at any heightabove 2500 feet. AHV 6 Linear 0.0 to 25.0 Vdc: H = 200V -- 20 Were H = Radio Altitude in feet and V = Voltage in Volts dc. 34-43-20 4--9 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation RMP--12B (Continued) Functional Description Radio Altimeter Type Select Program Input No. 4 (NO) AHV 6 Log 0.0 to 10.4 Vdc: H = 50V -- 20 > 10.4 to 18.09 Vdc: H = EXP(0.1479V + 4.7289) > 18.09 to 25 Vdc: H = 695 + EXP(0.2532V + 2.1111) Were H = Radio Altitude in feet and V = Voltage in Volts dc. APN 232 0.0 to 27.0 Vdc: H = 200V Were H = Radio Altitude in feet and V = Voltage in Volts dc. LPIA 1.0 to 9.0 Vdc: H = 50V -- 50 > 9.0 to 21.0 Vdc: H = 383.14V -- 3048 Were H = Radio Altitude in feet and V = Voltage in Volts dc. NR--AS--10A Alternate 0.0 to 1.2 Vdc: H = 2105.7V Were H = Radio Altitude in feet and V = Voltage in Volts dc. NR--AS--10A Curve Fit 0.0 to 18.1 Vdc: H = 0.0833V4 -- 1.8887V3 + 15.5169V2 -- 21.9374V + 14.8097 Were H = Radio Altitude in feet and V = Voltage in Volts dc. Each of the military radio altimeter types provide two outputs that are connected to the T2CAS computer unit input pins. The two altimeter outputs are the Analog Data Output and Analog Data Reliability Signal. The Data Reliability Signal is connected to RMP--2K for source No. 1 and RBP--3C for source No. 2, except for altimeter type LPIA. For radio altimeter type LPIA, the Analog Data Output must be connected to RMP--2H (HI) and RMP--2J (LO), the Analog Data Reliability Signal must be connected to RBP--3A (HI) and RBP--3B (LO), and the inputs RMP--2K and RMP--3C are set high (greater than 18.5 V). The metric radio altimeters are defined as follows: Metric Altimeter Definition No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 4--10 15 Feb 2003 Metric unit-Metric unit-Metric unit-Metric unit-- 1000 meter range, 25 mV/M scaling 1000 meter range, 20 mV/M scaling 1500 meter range, 20 mV/M scaling 750 meter range, 50 mV/M scaling 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RMP--12C RA/TA Block Transfer Program Input (NO) This program input determines the type of block transfer that is made from the T2CAS computer unit to the TA/RA displays. If this pin is grounded, the T2CAS computer unit transmits in Honeywell BCA EFIS format. If the T2CAS computer unit senses an open at this pin, it transmits in ARINC 735 format. RMP--12D Aircraft Type 1 Program Input This program pin is used with pin RMP--12E to designate the aircraft manufacturer (Air Transport customers only) for maintenance support functionality. The aircraft manufacturer is determined as follows: RMP--12D RMP--12E Description Open Open Ground Ground All other airframes including BCA aircraft Boeing McDonnell Douglas Airbus Open Ground Open Ground RMP--12E Aircraft Type 0 Program Input See RMP--12D. RMP--12F Reserved Program Input Reserved for future use. RMP--12G Option Parity Program Input The T2CAS computer unit uses nine discrete program input pins to determine which options have been selected by the installer. Eight of these pins are used to determine option selections. The ninth pin (RMP--12G) is used to determine parity for the eight option selection pins (RMP--10G, --10H, --10J, --10K, --11A, --11B, --11C, and --11D). To determine parity, count the number of option pins that are grounded. If the number of pins that are grounded is an odd number (1, 3, 5, 7), ground pin RMP--12G. If the number of grounded pins in the option group is an even number (0, 2, 4, 6, 8), leave pin RMP--12G open. RMP--12H Analog Radio Altimeter Type Select Program Input No. 3 (NO) See RMP--12B. RMP--12J Analog Radio Altimeter Type Select Program Input No. 2 (NO) See RMP--12B. RMP--12K Analog Radio Altimeter Type Select Program Input No. 1 (NO) See RMP--12B. 34-43-20 4--11 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RMP--13A, 13B RA Display No. 1/ARINC 429 Data Recorder Output: [RMP--13A (A), RMP--13B (B)] These ARINC 429 outputs are configured to output either RA information or for use as an ARINC 429 data recorder function. The output is configured by program pin RMP--11D. When RMP--11D is open (standard configuration), the bus is configured for low--speed (12.5 kbits/s) ARINC 429 operation and RA information is output according to the format specified for the RA display bus in ARINC 735. When RMP--11D is grounded, the bus is configured for high--speed (100 kbits/s) ARINC 429 operation and the output supplies TA and RA information to a 429 data recorder. RMP--13C, 13D RA Display No. 2/ARINC 429 Data Recorder Output: [RMP--13C (A), RMP--13D (B)] See RMP--13A. RMP--13E RA Display No. 2 Status Discrete Input (NO) This ground/open discrete input (Note 1) provides the functional status of RA Display No. 2. A ground on this pin indicates a valid display. If this discrete is not used by the RA Display, connect to aircraft ground to prevent RA DISPLAY No. 2 fail message during self--test. RMP--13F Landing Gear Discrete Input (NO) The T2CAS computer monitors this discrete that indicates the landing gear position. Landing Gear is a Ground/Open type discrete (Note 1) were an open indicates the gear is retracted (gear is up) and a ground indicates the gear is extended (gear is down). RMP--13G Climb Inhibit No. 2 Discrete Input (NO) See RMP--1J. RMP--13H, 13J Radio Altimeter No. 1 Input: [RMP--13H (A), RMP--13J (B)] This input is provided for Low Speed ARINC 429 (12.5 Kbits/s) altitude inputs from an ARINC 707 digital radio altimeter. Radio altitude data is used for computation of sensitivity level, inhibit descend advisories, and inhibit aural annunciation when in close proximity to the ground. Also see RMP--2H. RMP--13K TCAS System Valid Discrete Output (NO) This ground/open type discrete output (Note 3) indicates the health status of the T2CAS computer unit to other avionics systems that monitor TCAS system status. This output is used in retrofit installations where instrumentation needs to monitor TCAS status and the status is not available across an A429 bus. A ground at this pin indicates normal TCAS operation. An open indicates a TCAS fault. RMP--14A, 14B ARINC 429 TX Coordination Bus No. 2 Output: [RMP--14A (A), RMP--14B (B)] This differential pair output is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal), that transmits data from the TCAS computer unit to the No. 2 Mode S Transponder. The labels on this bus are as follows: 273, 274, 275. 4--12 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation RMP--14C Functional Description RA Display No. 1 Status Discrete Input (NO) This ground/open discrete input (Note 1) provides the functional status of RA Display No. 1. A ground on this pin indicates a valid display. If this discrete is not used by the RA display, connect to aircraft ground to prevent RA DISPLAY No. 1 fail message during self--test. RMP--14D, 14E Selected Altitude701/720 ARINC 429 Bus Input Reserved for future use. RMP--14F, 14G ARINC 429 XT Coordination No. 1 Input: [RMP--14F (A), RMP--14G (B)] This differential pair input is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal), that receives data from the No. 1 Mode S Transponder. The labels on this bus are as follows: 013, 015, 016, 203, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 350. RMP--14H, 14J ARINC 429 XT Coordination No. 2 Input: [RMP--14H (A), RMP--14J (B)] This differential pair input is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal), that receives data from the No. 2 Mode S Transponder. The labels on this bus are as follows: 013, 015, 016, 203, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 350. RMP--14K Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--15A to RMP--15H Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RMP--15J, 15K ARINC 429 TX Coordination No. 1 Output: [RMP--15J (A), RMP--15K (B)] This differential pair output is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal), that transmits data from the T2CAS computer unit to the No. 1 Mode S Transponder. The labels on this bus are as follows: 273, 274, 275. 34-43-20 4--13 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description T2CAS Computer Unit Right Bottom Plug (RBP) RBP--1A Thru RBP--1G Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RBP--1H RA Data Word 270 Bit 18 Discrete Output This discrete output provides RA information to the ARINC 573 flight recorder. The output goes to the “ground” state each time its associated bit within the advisory field of the RA output words changes from a “zero” condition to a “one” condition. The output remains in the “ground” state for as long as the associated RA bit remains non--zero. This output is read by the flight recorder as either a series or shunt output. NOTE: The discrete is pulled up to +28 Vdc in the “open” state. RBP--1J RA Data Word 270 Bit 19 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--1K RA Data Word 270 Bit 20 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--2A Thru RBP--2G Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RBP--2H RA Data Word 270 Bit 21 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--2J RA Data Word 270 Bit 22 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--2K RA Data Word 270 Bit 23 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--3A, 3B RBP--3C RBP--3D, 3E Radio Altimeter No. 2 ARINC 552/Analog Input: [RBP--3A (HI), RBP--3B (LO)] See RMP--2H and --2J. Radio Altimeter No. 2 Valid Discrete Input (PO) See RMP--2H. Valid condition is greater than +18.5 Vdc. Invalid is open. Radio Altimeter No. 2 Input: [RBP--3D (A), RBP--3E (B)] See RMP--13H. Also see RMP--2H. RBP--3F, RBP--3G Reserved for TAWS/RWS use. RBP--3H RA Data Word 270 Bit 24 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--3J RA Data Word 270 Bit 25 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. 4--14 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RBP--3K RA Data Word 270 Bit 26 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--4A Thru RBP--4F Reserved Discrete Inputs (Standard Ground/Open) Reserved for future use. RBP--4G RA Display Test Inhibit Program Pin This program pin is used to determine if RA discrete monitoring will be inhibited during self--test. If this pin is connected to program common (ground), RA discrete self--test monitoring is inhibited. An open on this pin indicates RA discretes monitoring during self--test. RBP--4H RA Data Word 270 Bit 27 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--4J RA Data Word 270 Bit 28 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--4K RA Data Word 270 Bit 29 Discrete Output See RBP--1H. RBP--5A Advisory Inhibit Discrete Input No. 1 (NO) Four ground/open type discrete inputs (Note 1) at RBP--5A, --5B, --5C, and --5D provide the capability for the T2CAS computer to defer all advisory (TA), aural alert and visual alert outputs until another, higher priority announcement or alert is completed. An open at all four of these discrete inputs indicates normal advisory/alert operation. These discrete inputs become active by connection to program common (ground) at RBP--7K. No new TA information can be placed on the RA or RA/TA busses during a period of Advisory Inhibit. If an advisory condition, which occurred during a period of Advisory Inhibit, remains when the T2CAS computer returns to normal operation, it is annunciated. The Advisory Inhibit inputs and their effect on the advisory/alert priority system are as follows: Discrete No. Pin No. Mode Priority RBP--5A Forced Standby RBP--5B Force TA Only (no voice/tone) RBP--5C Force TA Only (no voice/tone) RBP--5D Force TA Only (no voice/tone) Discrete No. 1 (RBP--5A) has priority over No. 2 (RBP--5B), No. 3 (RBP--5C) and No. 4 (RBP--5D). Discrete No. 1 forces TCAS into STANDBY mode. Discretes No. 2, No. 3, and No. 4 force TCAS into TA mode with no voice or tone annunciations. See Note 1 for Ground/Open type discrete input definition. RBP--5B Advisory Inhibit Discrete Input No. 2 (NO) See RBP--5A. RBP--5C Advisory Inhibit Discrete Input No. 3 (NO) See RBP--5A. 34-43-20 4--15 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RBP--5D Advisory Inhibit Discrete Input No. 4 (NO) See RBP--5A. RBP--5E Increase Climb Inhibit Discrete Input No. 1 (NO) This input is a ground/open type discrete (Note 1) used to provide information to the T2CAS CU whether to assume that the aircraft cannot achieve a climb rate of 2500 feet per minute (FPM). The climb inhibit discrete inputs are designed in pairs (No. 1 and No. 2 at RBP--5F, or No. 3 at RBP--5G and No. 4 at RBP--5H) but can be wired as a single input or in conjunction with other aircraft operations to achieve airframe customization of the climb inhibit feature. The 2500 FPM climb inhibit function is assumed whenever No. 1 and No. 2 are ground or No. 3 and No. 4 are ground. RBP--5F Increase Climb Inhibit Discrete Input No. 2 (NO) See RBP--5E. RBP--5G Increase Climb Inhibit Discrete Input No. 3 (NO) See RBP--5E. RBP--5H Increase Climb Inhibit Discrete Input No. 4 (NO) See RBP--5E. RBP--5J Climb Inhibit Discrete Input No. 3 (NO) See RMP--1J. RBP--5K Climb Inhibit Discrete Input No. 4 (NO) See RMP--1J. RBP--6A Airborne Data Loader Link A Discrete Input This discrete input, along with Data Loader Discrete Inputs No. 2, 3, and 4 (pins RBP--6B, RBP--6C, and RBP--6D, respectively), is a ground/open type discrete that specifies what type of data loader (ARINC 603 or ARINC 615) is attached. The T2CAS computer has separate receiver busses and separate data loader enable discrete inputs to support simultaneous connections to an ADL and PDL. A ground on pin RBP--6A indicates that an airborne data loader is connected to the rear connector of the T2CAS computer. A ground on pin J1--18, PDL Link A Discrete Input, indicates that a portable data loader is connected to the front connector of the T2CAS computer. The data loader discrete inputs at RBP--6B, RBP--6C, and RBP--6D are also connected to the data loader discrete inputs on the front connector (pins J1--51, J1--52, and J1--53, respectively). Listed below is an active discrete (selected) indicated by a ground and an inactive discrete (not selected) indicated by an open. 4--16 15 Feb 2003 RBP--6A J1--18 J1--51/ J1--52/ J1--53/ RBP--6B RBP--6C RBP--6D Function Ground Ground Open Open -- -- Ground Open Ground Open -- -- ARINC 615 ADL ARINC 603 ADL ARINC 615 PDL ARINC 603 PDL SW Part Number is output Open Open Ground Ground -- -- Open Ground Open Ground -- -- Open Open Open Open Ground 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RBP--6B Data Loader Discrete Input No. 2 See RBP--6A. RBP--6C Data Loader Discrete Input No. 3 See RBP--6A. RBP--6D Data Loader Discrete Input No. 4 See RBP--6A. RBP--6E, 6F ARINC 429 CFDS Output: [RBP--6E (A), RBP--6F (B)] This differential pair output is a low speed ARINC 429 bus (12.5k bits/second nominal), that transmits data to an onboard maintenance computer or a central fault display system. RBP--6G, 6H ARINC 429 CFDS Input: [RBP--6G (A), RBP--6H (B)] This differential pair input is a low speed ARINC 429 bus (12.5k bits/second nominal), that receives data from an onboard maintenance computer or a central fault display system. RBP--6J Spare Pin RBP--6K Spare Pin RBP--7A Audio Level Program Pin No. 1 (NO) Two synthesized voice outputs with programmable output levels are provided by the T2CAS computer unit. The output at RMP--2F and --2G supply high level (up to 8 Watts) audio signals to an 8 Ohm speaker. The second output at RMP--3F and --3G supply low level (up to 80 milliwatts) audio signals to a 600 Ohm audio distribution system. All aural traffic and resolution advisories can be annunciated over these outputs unless cancelled by a Cancel Discrete (RMP--3D). Listed below are the audio level program pin configurations and the resulting output levels: RBP--7A (MSB) Open Open Open Open Ground Ground Ground Ground Program Pin RBP--7B RBP--7C (LSB) Open Open Ground Ground Open Open Ground Ground Low Level Output dBm mW Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground RBP--7B Audio Level Program Pin No. 2 (NO) See RBP--7A. RBP--7C Audio Level Program Pin No. 3 (NO) See RBP--7A. 16 13 10 --2 19 34-43-20 40 20 10 2.5 1.25 0.625 80 High Level Output dBm --3 --6 --9 --12 0.5 0.25 0.125 0.0625 4--17 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RBP--7D Audio Tone Enable Program Pin (NO) If this programming pin is connected to program common, (RBP--7K), all voice announcements are delayed by one second and are preceded by a tone. If pin is left open, no delays or tones occur. RBP--7E Ground Display Mode Program Pin (NO) The T2CAS computer unit monitors this programming pin to select the TCAS ground display mode while the aircraft is on the ground. If the aircraft is on the ground and this pin is connected to program common (RBP--7K), TCAS goes into standby mode. If this pin is left open and the aircraft is on the ground, TCAS displays traffic only. Aural and voice annunciations are inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground. NOTE: TCAS does not display any traffic that it locates on the ground. TCAS aircraft has WOW and intruder aircraft reports the same altitude or a lower altitude. RBP--7F Display All Traffic Program Pin (NO) The T2CAS computer unit monitors this program pin to select either the all traffic display mode or the TA/RA only mode. If this pin is open, all traffic is displayed. If this pin is connected to program common (RBP--7K), the TCAS displays only TA/RA type intruders. RBP--7G Cable Delay Signal Program Pin (NO) The cable delay program pins (RBP--7G, RBP--7H, and RBP--7J) convey to the T2CAS computer unit the amount of delay differential between the top and bottom antenna cables. Pin RBP--7G determines whether a time delay is added to the top or bottom. If this pin is open, the time delay is added to the top. If this pin is ground (connected to program pin RBP--7K), the time delay is added to the bottom. The cable delay logic is given below. Program common for the cable delay program pins is RBP--7K. RBP--7H (MSB) RBP--7J (LSB) Differential Delay Adjustment Open Open Ground Ground Open Ground Open Ground 0--50 nsec 51--150 nsec 151--250 nsec 251--350 nsec No Change Add 100 nsec delay Add 200 nsec delay Add 300 nsec delay RBP--7H Cable Delay MSB Program (NO) See RBP--7G. RBP--7J Cable Delay LSB Program Pin (NO) See RBP--7G. RBP--7K Program Common This is the ground source for use with program pins. RBP--8A Thru RBP--8D Reserved Program Pins 4--18 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description RBP--8E Self--Test Test Inhibit Program Pin (NO) This program pin determines if self--test will be inhibited while airborne. If grounded, this pin inhibits self--test while airborne. If open, self--test is enabled while airborne. RBP--8F TA/RA Display Symbol Maximum 16 Program Pin (NO) The T2CAS computer unit establishes the number of intruder symbols to be displayed on the TA display through the program pins RBP--8F, --8G, --8H, --8J, and --8K. This number can vary between 0 and 31, depending on the programming that is a summation of the selected pins (--8F = 16, --8G = 8, --8H = 4, --8J = 2 and --8K = 1). Connecting one of these pins to program common (RBP--7K) indicates the associated pin is not selected and that its value is not included in the summation. Leaving the pin open designates the associated pin is selected and its value is included in the summation. The encoded number is placed within the RTS data word (label 357) and sent to the display. The display should then limit the intruder symbols to this number. RBP--8G TA/RA Display Symbol Maximum 8 Program Pin (NO) See RBP--8F. RBP--8H TA/RA Display Symbol Maximum 4 Program Pin (NO) See RBP--8F. RBP--8J TA/RA Display Symbol Maximum 2 Program Pin (NO) See RBP--8F. RBP--8K TA/RA Display Symbol Maximum 1 Program Pin (NO) See RBP--8F. RBP--9A Thru RBP--9J Reserved Factory Test Pins Leave these pins unconnected for aircraft installations. RBP--9K Spare Pin RBP--10A Thru RBP--10G Reserved Factory Test Pins Leave these pins unconnected for aircraft installations. RBP--10H Thru RBP--10J Spare Pins RBP--10K Reserved Factory Test Pin Leave this pin unconnected for aircraft installations. 34-43-20 4--19 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description T2CAS Computer Unit Left Top Plug (LTP) LTP--1 Top Antenna 0 Degree Port J1 on the antenna is color--coded yellow. This antenna port (Note 2) is called the 0 degree port because it produces a transmission pattern in the forward quadrant of the aircraft. J1 is physically located toward the rear of the antenna and to the rear of the aircraft when antenna is properly installed. The T2CAS computer unit checks the built--in dc to ground resistance of this antenna port. It must detect approximately 1000 Ohms or TCAS fails its antenna test. LTP--2 Top Antenna 270 Degree Port J2 on the antenna is color--coded black. This antenna port (Note 2) is called the 270 degree port because it produces a transmission pattern in the left wing quadrant of the aircraft. J2 is physically located toward the right wing of the aircraft when antenna is properly installed. The TCAS function checks the built--in dc to ground resistance of this antenna port. It must detect approximately 8000 Ohms or it reports antenna test failure. LTP--3 Top Antenna 180 Degree Port J3 on the antenna is color--coded blue. This antenna port (Note 2) is called the 180 degree port because it produces a transmission pattern in the rear quadrant of the aircraft. J3 is physically located toward the front of the antenna and to the front of the aircraft when antenna is installed properly. The T2CAS computer unit checks the built--in dc to ground resistance of this antenna port. It must detect approximately 4000 Ohms or it reports antenna test failure. LTP--4 Top Antenna 90 Degree Port J4 on the antenna is color--coded red. This antenna port (Note 2) is called the 90 degree port because it produces a transmission pattern in the right wing quadrant of the aircraft. J4 is physically located toward the left wing of the aircraft when antenna is properly installed. The TCAS function checks the built--in dc to ground resistance of this antenna port. It must detect approximately 2000 Ohms or it reports antenna test failure. T2CAS Computer Unit Left Middle Plug (LMP) LMP--1 Bottom Antenna 0 Degree Port J1 on the antenna is color--coded yellow. Same as top antenna 0 degree port (LTP--1). In addition, this port (Note 2) is used as the omnidirectional antenna connection. The TCAS function determines that a bottom omnidirectional antenna is installed if it detects less than 500 Ohms (50 Ohms typical) to ground on this pin and an open circuit (>13k Ohms) at LMP-- 2, --3, and --4 or a dc short (<500 Ohms) if unused ports are terminated at back of mounting tray. LMP--2 Bottom Antenna 90 Degree Port J2 on the antenna is color--coded black. This antenna port (Note 2) is called the 90 degree port because it produces a transmission pattern in the right wing quadrant of the aircraft. J2 is physically located toward the left wing of the aircraft when antenna is properly installed. The TCAS function checks the built in dc to ground resistance of this antenna port. It must detect approximately 8000 Ohms or it reports antenna test failure. 4--20 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description LMP--3 Bottom Antenna 180 Degree Port J3 on the antenna is color--coded blue. Same as top antenna (Note 2) 180 degree port (LTP--3). LMP--4 Bottom Antenna 270 Degree Port J4 on the antenna is color--coded red. This antenna port (Note 2) is called the 270 degree port because it produces a transmission pattern in the left wing quadrant of the aircraft. J4 is physically located toward the right wing of the aircraft when properly installed. The TCAS function checks the built in dc to ground resistance of this antenna port. It must detect approximately 2000 Ohms or it reports antenna test failure. T2CAS Computer Unit Left Bottom Plug (LBP) LBP--1 115 Vac Power Input (H) This pin along with the 115 Vac Power Input (C) line (pin LBP--7) provides the 115 Vac power requirements for the TT--950/--952 T2CAS computer units. Wiring requirement is a standard #20 AWG. NOTE: The T2CAS computer unit operates with either 115 Vac, 400 Hz, or +28 Vdc input power. If 115 Vac is used, the power should be connected through a 5 Amp circuit breaker, and the pins for the +28 Vdc input should be left unconnected. LBP--2 Spare Pin LBP--3 +28 Vdc Power Return (LO) See LBP--10. LBP--4 Spare Pin LBP--5 Fan 115 Vac Power Output (H) This pin along with the Fan 115 Vac Output Power (C) line (pin LBP--9) provides 115 Vac power for an external fan. LBP--6 Spare Pin LBP--7 115 Vac Power Input (C) See LBP--1. LBP--8 Signal Ground Connect to Aircraft Signal Ground. LBP--9 Fan 115 Vac Power Output (C) See LBP--5. 34-43-20 4--21 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation LBP--10 Functional Description +28 Vdc Power Input (HI) This pin along with the T2CAS computer unit +28 Vdc Power Return line (LBP--3) provide the +28 Vdc power requirements for the T2CAS computer unit. Wiring requirement is a standard #18 AWG. NOTE: The T2CAS TT--950/--952 computer operates with either 115 V ac, 400 Hz, or +28 Vdc input power and the TT--951 computer operates on +28 Vdc input power only. On the TT--950/--952 computers, if +28 Vdc is used, the power should be connected through a 10 Amp circuit breaker, and the pins for the 115 Vac input should be left unconnected. LBP--11 Chassis Ground Connect to aircraft frame. The T2CAS Chassis and signal ground pins should use the same AWG as the power connections (See LBP--1 and LBP--10). LBP--12 Mutual Suppression Pulse Bus Input The T2CAS computer unit joins the mutual suppression bus daisy chained through TCAS and other RF transmitting equipment on board the aircraft. The TCAS function receives suppression pulses from other LRUs on this bus, which is used to suppress the TCAS receivers during such transmissions. This prevents the TCAS function from interpreting these transmissions as valid replies from an intruder aircraft. When not suppressed, the TCAS function transmits its own suppression pulses on the same bus in order to suppress the receivers in other L--band systems on the aircraft. The L--Band suppression coax must be RG142, RG400, or equivalent coaxial cable which meets the operational characteristics required by ARINC 735A. LBP--13 GPS Antenna Port (Active on TT--952 and reserved for TT--950 and TT--951) T2CAS unit TT--952 uses this pin for the GPS Antenna port -- RF input from the GPS antenna and +12 Vdc output to power the active amplifier GPS antenna. The minimum coax loss between the GPS antenna’s output and the T2CAS computer’s GPS input port is equal to the maximum preamplifier gain minus 29 dB. The maximum coax loss between the GPS antenna’s output and the T2CAS computer’s GPS input port is equal to the minimum preamplifier gain minus 12.5 dB. The Interface descriptions that follow are for the 53--pin Data Loader connector J1 mounted on the front panel of the T2CAS computer unit. These descriptions are used to make up the cable that is used to interface between the T2CAS computer unit and an ARINC 615 Portable Data Loader (PDL), a RS--232 PC Serial Port, a RS--422 Flight Data Recorder, or an ARINC 429 Maintenance Display. J1--1, 2 J1--3, J1--4 4--22 15 Feb 2003 ARINC 429 PDL Bus Input: [J1--1 (A), J1--2 (B)] This differential pair input is a high--speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal) that is used to input data from the data loader to the TCAS computer unit. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC 615 Airborne Computer High Speed Data Loader. These pins should be connected to pins 1 and 2 of the PDL cable interface. Spare Pins 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--5 Output Bus Shields The shields from the output bus (J1--8, 9) should be connected to this pin. J1--6, J1--7 A615A Data Loader Ethernet Output [J1--6 (TD+), J1--7 (TD--)] TAWS Ethernet 10 Base--T. J1--8, 9 ARINC 429 Data Loader/PDL Recorder Bus Output: [J1--8 (A), J1--9 (B)] This differential pair output is a high--speed ARINC 429 bus (100K bits/second nominal) that is used to output data from the T2CAS computer unit to the data loader. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC 615 Airborne Computer High Speed Data Loader. These pins should be connected to pins 8 and 9 of the PDL cable interface. J1--10, 11 RS--422 Recorder External Clock Input: [J1--10 (+), J1--11 (--)] These two pins provide external clocking from an RS--422 Flight Data Recorder for TCAS. J1--12, 13 RS--422 Recorder Reply Input: [J1--12 (+), J1--13 (--)] These two pins provide communication from a RS--422 Flight Data Recorder for TCAS. J1--14 RS--422 Recorder 125 kHz/ External Program Pin This pin is used to designate internal or external recorder clock operation for TCAS. A ground on this pin selects external recorder clock operation. An open selects 125k Hz internal recorder clock operation. J1--15 RS--422 Recorder Disable Program Pin This program pin is used to enable or disable the RS--422 Data Recorder function for TCAS. The program pin is activated externally by the Flight Data Recorder. Logic is as follows: Ground = RS--422 Recorder disabled; Open = RS--422 Recorder enabled J1--16 Input Bus Shields The shields from the input bus (J1--1, 2) should be connected to this pin. J1--17 Spare Pin J1--18 PDL Link A Discrete Input This is a ground/open discrete (Note 1) from an portable ARINC 615 or ARINC 603 data loader which indicates, to the T2CAS computer unit, that a data loader is connected. A ground indicates a data loader is connected. This pin is used by the TCAS, TAWS/RWS and GPS. J1--19 PDL Link B Common Connect this pin to pin 19 of the PDL cable interface. 34-43-20 4--23 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation J1--20, 22 Functional Description 115 Vac Power Output: [J1--20 (H), J1--22 (C)] These power output pins provide the 115 Vac operating power for the data loader. The 115 Vac (H) and 115 Vac (C) interconnect wires should be shielded or twisted and shielded with an insulating jacket over the shield. The shield should be connected to chassis ground (J1--21). J1--21 Chassis Ground Connect 115 Vac power shields to this pin. J1--23 A615A Dataloader Ethernet Input (RD+) TAWS Ethernet 10--base--T read input J1--24 Thru J1--28 Spare Pins J1--29, 30 RS--422 Recorder Data Output: [J1--29 (+), J1--30 (--)] The RS--422 Flight Data Recorder data is output on these pins. J1--31, 32 RS--422 Recorder Clock Output: [J1--31 (+), J1--32 (--)] The RS--422 Flight Data Recorder internal 125k Hz internal clock is output on these pins. J1--33,34 ARINC 429 TA/RA Display No. 1 Output: [J1--33 (A), J1--34 (B)] This bus can be used to connect to a maintenance display. These pins are also connected to the ARINC 600 connector on the rear of the unit (RMP--7C and --7D). J1--35, J1--36 J1--37, 38 Spare Pins 28 V dc Power Output: [J1--37 (HI), J1--38 (LO)] These power output pins provide the +28 Vdc operating power for the data loader. These pins are used only if the data loader operates from a +28 Vdc source. J1--39 A615A Dataloader Ethernet Input (RD--) TAWS Ethernet 10--base--T read input J1--40 T2CAS RS--232 Data Input This input is used by the TAWS, TCAS and GPS function to receive RS--232 data from a portable maintenance terminal. J1--41 T2CAS RS--232 Data Output This output is used by the TAWS, TCAS and GPS function to transmit RS--232 data to a portable maintenance terminal. J1--42 TCAS RS--232 Data Input This input is used by the TCAS function to receive RS--232 data from a portable maintenance terminal. J1--43 TCAS RS--232 Data Output This output is used by the TCAS function to transmit RS--232 data to a portable maintenance terminal. 4--24 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--1. TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--44 GPS RS--232 Data Input This input is used by the GPS function to receive RS--232 data from a portable maintenance terminal. J1--45 GPS RS--232 Data Output This output is used by the GPS function to transmit RS--232 data to a portable maintenance terminal. J1--46 Thru J1--47 Spare Pins J1--48, J1--49 Logic Common Common lines for the RS--232 Data Input/Output lines. These two pins are tied together in the T2CAS computer unit. J1--50 Reserved Pin J1--51 Data Loader Link No. 2 Discrete Input Pins J1--51 and J1--52 are ground/open discretes from a portable data loader, which are used to specify what type of data loader (ARINC 603 or ARINC 615) is connected to the T2CAS computer unit. These two pins are also connected to the ARINC 600 connector on the rear of the unit (RBP--6B and --6C respectively). J1--52 Data Loader Link No. 3 Discrete Input See J1--51. J1--53 Data Loader Link No. 4 Discrete Input This is a ground/open discrete from a Portable Data Loader (PDL) that is used to transmit the software part number on the Data Loader output bus when grounded, The landing gear indicates extended, and the air/ground indicates ground. This pin is also connected to the ARINC 600 connector on the rear of the unit (RBP--6D). NOTE: 1: Ground = Voltage of 0.0 Vdc to +3.5 Vdc or Resistance of less than 10 Ohms applied to input. Open = Voltage of +18.5 to +36 Vdc or Resistance greater than 100k Ohms applied to input. NOTE: 2: The Antenna Coax shall be RG225 or equivalent coaxial cable that provides a loss of 2.5 db ± 0.5 db or less between the T2CAS computer and each TCAS Antenna port. For Directional Antenna Coaxes, each coax cable must be within 0.5 db of the other coaxes (e.g. if one port has a 2 db loss, the other 3 ports can not exceed 2.5 db loss). NOTE: 3: Ground = Port capable of sinking at least 20 milli--Amps of current. Open = Voltage of +18.5 to +36 Vdc or Resistance greater than 100k Ohms applied to output. 34-43-20 4--25 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--2. Gables Control Panel Interface Description Connector Pin Designation J1--1, 2 J1/J2--3, 4 Functional Description PANEL AND DISPLAY LIGHTING INPUT: (J1--1 HIGH, J1--2 LOW) 5 Vac, 2.3 Amp maximum lighting input for front panel and display lighting. Lighting is provided by incandescent lamps. +28 Vdc INPUT POWER: (J1/J2--3 HIGH, J1/J2--4 LOW) The control panel is powered from a +28 Vdc power bus. Two identical but isolated power supplies provide the power requirements to each individual electronic module that independently control transponder 1 and 2. Maximum current is 2.5 Amps dc. J1/J2--5 ANTENNA TRANSFER DISCRETE OUTPUT: (J1/J2--5) This discrete output is used to provide the ability to switch a RF relay for dual transponder installations that have only one set of antennas. These outputs from J1 and J2 are linked to the XPDR 1--2 switch. The output is OPEN(+12 to +35 Vdc) when the transponder is in standby (inactive) mode, and GROUND(< +3.5 Vdc) when the transponder is in an active operational mode. J1/J2--6 DC GROUND INPUT: (J1/J2--6) Reference for all discrete inputs/outputs. Tied to aircraft dc ground. J1/J2--7 STANDBY/ON OUTPUT: (J1/J2--7) These discrete outputs (STANDBY/ON) will mimic the XPDR switch position placing one transponder in Standby and the other in the ON (active) mode. Both transponders will never be in the ON mode simultaneously. This output is GROUND(< +3.5 Vdc) when in Standby mode and OPEN(+12 to +35 Vdc) when in the ON mode. This output can sink 100 mA maximum. Connect pin to transponder STANDBY / ON Discrete Input. J1/J2--8 CHASSIS GROUND INPUT: (J1/J2--8) Tied to airframe. Also used to connect ARINC 429 cable shields to the chassis. J1/J2--9 FUNCTIONAL TEST INPUT: (J1/J2--9) Functional test can also be initiated using this input discrete. When J1/J2--9 is grounded, a functional test similar to pushing the TEST button on the front panel is done. J1/J2--10 WARNING AND CAUTION OUTPUT: (J1/J2--10) This discrete output provides a low signal to a remote master warning system when the control panel receives a Monitor Lamp fault indication from the active transponder. Otherwise it provides 7 to 30 Vdc or a resistance of >100k Ohms to ground. This output can sink 20 mA maximum. J1/J2--12 TRANSPONDER FAIL #2 INPUT: (J1/J2--12) The G7130--XX ATC/TCAS control panel transponder fail annunciator is controlled by this input. When the transponder is operating normally this input remains grounded. Otherwise, the transponder opens this input to indicate a transponder failure. The control panel turns the annunciator ON to alert the user of a transponder malfunction. The transponder fail annunciator turns on only when the failed transponder is selected by the XPDR 1--2 switch. Connect this pin to the transponder XPDR FAIL #2 Discrete Output. 4--26 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--2. Gables Control Panel Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1/J2--13 IDENT INPUT: (J1/J2--13) The IDENT discrete input provides another means of activating the IDENT function. This input allows the control panel to interface with an external IDENT switch located in the Flight Deck. When the input is grounded, the IDENT function is activated; otherwise it should remain open. J1/J2--14 TRANSPONDER FAIL LOGIC DISCRETE INPUT: (TDR--94D ONLY) (J1/J2--14) This input allows the control panel to use +28 Vdc logic from a Collins TDR--94D transponder to control the transponder fail annunciator. This input should not be used unless a Collins TDR--94D transponder is used with this control panel. J1/J2--15 AIR/GROUND SW DISCRETE OUTPUT: (J1/J2--15) This output is directly connected to the AIR/GND discrete input (J1/J2--24). This output can be routed directly to the transponder to disable it (Standby), and terminate ATC code replies. J1 discrete logic operates independently from J2. J1/J2--16 AIR DATA SOURCE OUTPUT: (J1/J2--16) Ground/Open output that is dependent on the front panel ALT RPTG and XPDR switch positions. This discrete output is enabled when altitude reporting is selected in the ON mode. When altitude reporting is selected OFF, the J1/J2--16 output remains in the OPEN state. This discrete output is connected to the transponder AIR DATA SOURCE SELECT Discrete Input. J1/J2--18 MONITOR LAMP POWER INPUT: (J1/J2--18) These inputs are used as the input power source for the transponder fail annunciator on the front panel of the control panel. The input supply voltage is a dimmable +28 Vdc at 200 mA maximum. J1/J2--20 TRANSPONDER STRAPPING CONFIGURATION: (J1/J2--20) This discrete input programs the control panel to operate, and be able to properly interface to one of two types of transponder configurations. If this input is left OPEN then the control panel operates in accordance with ACSS transponder specifications. If the input is GROUNDED, it is programmed to operate in accordance with Collins transponder specifications. J1/J2--21 LAMP TEST INPUT: (J1/J2--21) To initiate a lamp test, J1 or J2 pin 21 must be grounded through an external switch. All segments and annunciators in the control panel LCD (except RPLY and decimal points) are ON for as long as this input is grounded. ARINC 429 labels are not affected by the activation of a lamp test mode. 34-43-20 4--27 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--2. Gables Control Panel Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1/J2--22, 23 ARINC 429 OUTPUTS: (J1/J2--22,23) Communication between the control panel and the transponder is done over a two wire low speed, odd parity, ARINC 429 compatible bus. Selected ATC code, operating mode, and system parameters are communicated to the transponder over these lines. Transmission of labels 013, 015, 016, and 031 is done every 150 milliseconds. Connect these pins to one of the two transponder ARINC 429 CONTROL DATA Input Ports. J1/J2--24 AIR/GROUND INPUT DISCRETE: (J1/J2--24) The control panel accepts input from two independent Air/Ground (WOW) switches for applications that require automatic disabling of the transponder upon landing. This input is wired directly to the AIR/GROUND SW Discrete Output (J1/J2--15). 4--28 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--3. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interface Description Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--1 VERTICAL SPEED +DC REFERENCE INPUT: Pins 1, 2, and 3 are inputs to the VSI/TRA from an ARINC 575 air data computer indicating vertical speed. Pin 1 is a +12 Vdc regulated reference voltage from the ADC. Pin 3 is a --12 Vdc regulated reference voltage from the ADC. Pin 2 receives a +10 to --10 Vdc rate signal from the ADC. Also see pins 31, 32, and 33. J1--2 VERTICAL SPEED DC RATE INPUT: See pin 1. J1--3 VERTICAL SPEED --DC REFERENCE INPUT: See pin 1. J1--4, 6 ARINC 565 VERTICAL SPEED AC INPUT: (J1--4 HIGH, J1--6 LOW) Pins 4, 5, 6, and 16 are inputs to the VSI/TRA from an ARINC 565 air data computer or IRS. A 26 Vac, 400 Hz reference signal is received on pin 5, (HI) and pin 16, (LO). Pin 4, (HI) and pin 6, (LO) provides an amplitude modulated 400 Hz signal with a maximum voltage of 6.25 volts. The RMS value of this signal is used by the VSI/TRA to compute and display the vertical rate. The phase of this signal is compared with the reference signal to determine if the rate is positive or negative. An in--phase signal equals a positive rate, an out--of-- phase signal indicates a negative rate. Also see pins 8 and 31. J1--5 VERTICAL SPEED 26 Vac, 400 Hz REFERENCE INPUT (HI): See pins 4 and 16. J1--8 VERTICAL SPEED VALID DISCRETE INPUT: The VSI/TRA receives a +28 Vdc signal from an ARINC 575 or 565 air data computer indicating its valid operation. An “open” at this pin indicates an invalid vertical speed signal from the ADC. This pin is only used when pins (1, 2, 3) or (4, 5, 6, and 16) are used. Also see pins 1 and 4. J1--9, 10 5 VOLT LAMP DIMMING INPUT: (J1--9 C, J1--10 H) The VSI/TRA monitors the Flight Deck lamp voltage bus at pins 9 and 10. This voltage may be either ac or dc. The back lighting in the VSI/TRA is adjusted by and tracks this voltage from 0.5 Volts to 5 Volts. If this input falls below 0.5 Volts or is absent, the VSI/TRA sets itself to a nominal level to prevent the display from going dark due to loss or failure of the lamp dimming bus. J1--11 ARINC 429 (B) TCAS TA/RA DATA BUS INPUT: Paired with pin 26. These pins connect to a T2CAS computer unit. J1--12 ARINC 429 (B) VERTICAL SPEED NO. 1 INPUT BUS: Paired with pin 27. These pins connect to Digital ADC No. 1 or IRS No 1. J1--14 ARINC 429 (B) VERTICAL SPEED NO. 2 INPUT: Paired with pin 30. These pins connect to Digital ADC No. 2 or IRS No. 2. J1--15 CONFIGURATION STRAP COMMON INPUT: This pin is the return line for the configuration strapping pins J1--17, and J1--32 thru 35. J1--16 VERTICAL SPEED 26 Vac, 400 Hz REFERENCE INPUT (C): See pins 4 and 5. 34-43-20 4--29 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--3. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation J1--17 Functional Description CONFIGURATION STRAP #3 INPUT (NO): Pin 17 is used in conjunction with pin 35 to select the indicator operating mode as follows: The following applies: O = Open, G = Ground. Pin J1--18 35 17 Indicator Operating Mode Test (shop level) VSI only RA VSI only TA/RA VSI SECONDARY VERT SPEED VALIDITY INPUT (+28 Vdc): The VSI/TRA receives a +28 Vdc signal from an ARINC 575 or 565 air data computer indicating its valid operation. An “open” at this pin indicates an invalid vertical speed signal from the ADC. This pin is only used when pins (1, 2, 3) or (4, 5, 6, and 16) are used. J1--19, 20 VERT SPEED BOOTSTRAP AC OUT: (J1--19 [HIGH], J1--20 [LO]) This output repeats the ARINC 565 input signals (26 V 400 Hz reference and signal) available on the primary input when this input has been selected : -- 26 V 400 Hz reference The voltage available on the output (26 Vac Bootstrap ref. output) is the same as that available on the 26 Vac 400 Hz reference (hot) of the ARINC 565 primary input, the common reference being the cold of the 26 Vac primary ref. input. -- Output signal (vertical speed bootstrap AC output) available on two wires (HI and LO). J1--22 CHASSIS GROUND INPUT: Connected to aircraft frame. Also used to connect ARINC cable shields to the chassis. J1--23 115 Vac, 400 HZ POWER INPUT (COMMON): See pin 40. Connect to aircraft AC ground. J1--24, 25 J1--26 4--30 15 Feb 2003 REMOTE LIGHT SENSOR INPUT: (J1--24 LOW, J1--25 HIGH) This input at pins 24 and 25 provides a means of controlling the VSI/TRA back lighting via a remote light sensor already present in some aircraft (Douglas and Boeing). The VSI/TRA has its own built--in sensor and therefore a remote light sensor need not be used in all installations. Program the VSI/TRA for a remote light sensor, as described under pin 34. ARINC 429 (A) TCAS TA/RA DATA INPUT: Traffic and Resolution Advisory data is supplied to the VSI/TRA from the T2CAS computer unit via this high speed ARINC 429 data bus. Paired with pin 11. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--3. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--27 ARINC 429 (A) VERTICAL SPEED NO. 1 INPUT: This is the primary ARINC 429 input bus to the VSI/TRA. This pin accepts high or low speed ARINC 429 vertical speed data (Label 212). Its use is determined by the source select discrete and configuration straps CS0 and CS1 (pins 31, 32, and 33 respectively). Paired with pin 12. J1--28 CONFIGURATION STRAP #2 INPUT (NO): This is the V/S response time selection. A time constant of 3.8 sec with pin 28 open and of 7.6 sec with pin 28 grounded. J1--29 TA/RA VALID DISCRETE OUTPUT (NO): This output discrete indicates the ability of the VSI/TRA to perform as a resolution advisory and/or a traffic advisory display. If the VSI/TRA fails, this discrete presents an open. Normal operation causes a ground. This discrete is monitored by the T2CAS computer unit. J1--30 ARINC 429 (A) VERTICAL SPEED NO. 2 INPUT: This is the secondary ARINC 429 input bus to the VSI/TRA. This pin accepts high or low speed ARINC 429 vertical speed data (Label 212). Its use is determined by the source select discrete and configuration straps CS0 and CS1 (pins 31, 32 and 33 respectively). Paired with pin 14. 34-43-20 4--31 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--3. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation J1--31 Functional Description SOURCE SELECT DISCRETE INPUT (NO): This discrete input is used in conjunction with configuration straps CS0, CS1 and CS2 to program the VSI/TRA to accept and use the vertical speed data being supplied. In some installations, this discrete is connected to a switch in the Flight Deck and is used to select between primary and secondary ARINC 429 vertical speed inputs. It is hard wired to configuration strap common if ac or dc analog vertical speed inputs are used. Cycle power to update to the new configuration. The following applies: O = Open, G = Ground. Pin SS CS0 CS1 32 33 CS2 34 Note: SS is Source Select Pins 31 or 37. Definition ARINC 429 LS (label 212) ARINC 565 analog AC ARINC 575 analog DC PNEUMATIC ARINC 429 HS (label 365) ARINC 429 LS (Port # 3) Reserved (ARNICA 575 dig) User defined User defined ”Traffic display only” mode In those configurations where digital or analog primary or secondary inputs can be selected, the two source select pins, 31 and 37, are used to select one or other of these inputs. • pin 31 for the logic OPEN (primary)/GROUND (secondary) • pin 37 for the logic OPEN (primary)/+28 Vdc (secondary) in relation to the dc common reference pin. Pin 31 37 Input Selected 28V 28V Primary Secondary Secondary Not Used J1--32 CONFIGURATION STRAP #0 INPUT (NO): See pin 31. J1--33 CONFIGURATION STRAP #1 INPUT (NO): See pin 31. 4--32 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--3. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--34 CONFIGURATION STRAP #2 INPUT (NO): See pin 31. J1--35 CONFIGURATION STRAP #4 INPUT (NO): See pin 17. J1--36 SECONDARY ANALOG AC INPUT (LO): ARINC 565 ADC J1--37 SECONDARY SOURCE SELECT DISCRETE INPUT (NO): See pin 31. J1--38 VERTICAL SPEED VALID DISCRETE OUTPUT (NO): This validity discrete is representative of the operation of the vertical speed channel. The state of this discrete corresponds to an invalid state (OPEN) if : · the indicator is not energized · the indicator is in the initialization phase on power up · the vertical speed failure warning flag is in view (case of internal or external failures) · the self test/display test pin is activated. Definition of the OPEN state : impedance in relation to the dc common greater than 100k Ohms (open collector with an applicable voltage of +14 Vdc to +32 Vdc). A valid state is indicated by either: 1) a GROUND state characterized by a voltage of less than 3.5 Vdc in relation to dc commons with a maximum current of 20 mA, when the following types of vertical speed are selected : -- pneumatic input -- digital inputs (per ARINC 429 HS or LS and digital ARINC 575). or 2) a dc output voltage (+ 28 Vdc nominal), the minimum value of which is equal to VIN -(2 + 200 x I), where VIN is the greater of the primary vertical speed and secondary vertical speed voltages available and I the output current expressed in amps (0.02 A max.). This type of signal is present on the output when the following types of vertical speed are selected : -- AC analogue input (ARINC 565) -- DC analogue input (ARINC 575). J1--39 DC GROUND INPUT: To be connected to aircraft dc Ground. 34-43-20 4--33 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--3. 41--Pin VSI/TRA Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--40 115 Vac, 400 Hz POWER INPUT (HI): This pin, along with its return line (pin 23) supplies power to the VSI/TRA. Connect power through a 1 Amp circuit breaker. J1--41 SELF--TEST/DISPLAY TEST: This input functions on an OPEN/GROUND logic (in relation to dc common) and in parallel with the TEST Push button located on the front face of the indicator (for maintenance purposes only). When this input is activated and maintained in the GROUND state, the indicator performs a self test procedure which results in: -- The display of a representative test pattern within 3 seconds. -- The transmission of an OPEN (invalid) state on the TCAS Display Status Discrete Output for the duration of the test. 4--34 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description Connector Pin Designation Functional Description P1A--1A THRU ENCODING ALTIMETER #2 INPUTS: P1A--1K, AND These Mode C pulse discrete inputs allow for altitude inputs from an encoding altimeter P1A--2K that contains a discrete 11 wire interface. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC Characteristic 572, “Air Traffic Control Transponder”. The inputs use ground/open logic levels. NOTE: Two encoding altimeters are required if the transponder is used with TCAS. P1A--2A, 2B ARINC 429 ADLP TO COMM A/B BUS INPUT: [P1A--2A (A), P1A--2B (B)] Four high speed ARINC 429 busses (100k bits/second nominal) are provided for interfacing to a Mode S Airborne Data Link Processor (ADLP). The COMM A/B input and output busses are used for the transfer of standard length messages to and from the ADLP. The COMM C/D input and output busses are used for the transfer of extended length messages (ELM) to and from the ADLP. The standard for this interface is defined in ARINC Characteristic 718, “Air Control Transponder (ATCRBS/Mode S)”. P1A--2C, 2D ARINC 429 ADLP TO COMM C/D BUS INPUT: [P1A--2C (A), P1A--2D (B)] See pins P1A--2A, 2B P1A--2E, 2F ARINC 429 COMM C/D TO ADLP BUS OUTPUT: [P1A--2E (A), P1A--2F (B)] See pins P1A--2A, 2B P1A--3B XPDR FAIL DISCRETE OUTPUT #2: This discrete output is set to annunciate an internal transponder failure or the Mode S address is illegal (All 0’s or 1’s). A ground logic threshold (< +3.0 Vdc) is output when the transponder is operating normally, and an open logic threshold (resistance >100k Ohms to unit ground) when a failure has occurred. The output is capable of sinking 200 mA of current. Connect this pin to the Control Panel XPDR FAIL #2 input. P1A--3C, P1A--3D, P1A--3E, P1A--3F CABLE DELAY PROGRAM INPUTS: The Cable Delay Program Inputs are used to compensate for the difference in propagation delays in the transponder due to antenna transmission line length differences between the top and bottom antennas. The inputs use ground/open logic levels. The Cable Delay Program Common (pin P1A--3F) can be used to supply a ground. Program Pin Differential Transponder P1A--3C P1A--3D P1A--3E Delay Adjustment Open Open Open Open Open Open Ground Ground Open Ground Open Ground 0--50 nsec 51--150 nsec 151--250 nsec 251--350 nsec No Change Add Delay to Top Channel Add Delay to Top Channel Add Delay to Top Channel Ground Open Open 0--50 nsec No Change Ground Open Ground 51--150 nsec Add Delay to Bottom Channel Ground Ground Open 151--250 nsec Add Delay to Bottom Channel Ground Ground Ground 251--350 nsec Add Delay to Bottom Channel The differential delay column is the difference in the round trip cable delay between the top and bottom antenna cables. The differential delay can be calculated as follows: [Top length in feet -- Bottom length in feet] X [Characteristic Delay (nsec/foot)] X 2. 34-43-20 4--35 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation P1A--3G, P1A--3H, P1A--3J Functional Description SDI PROGRAM INPUTS: The SDI program inputs are used to identify the system number in the installation. The inputs use ground/open logic levels. The SDI Common (pin P1A--3J) can be used to supply a ground. Program Pin P1A--3G P1A--3H Definition Open Open Ground Ground Open Ground Open Ground Not Applicable (SDI = 00) LRU System #1 (SDI = 01) LRU System #2 (SDI = 10) LRU System #3 (SDI = 11) P1A--4A THRU P1A--4J ARINC 565 ANALOG AIR DATA COMPUTER #1 INPUTS: These input pins allow for altitude information from an Analog Synchro Altitude Interface to be connected to the transponder. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC 565, “Subsonic Air Data System”. P1A--5A, P1A--5B, P1A--5C, P1A--5D MAXIMUM TRUE AIRSPEED PROGRAM INPUTS: The Maximum True Airspeed inputs are used for strapping the maximum cruise airspeed capability of the aircraft. The inputs use ground/open logic levels. The Max True Airspeed Common (pin P1A--5D) can be used to supply a ground. Program Pin P1A--5A P1A--5B P1A--5C Definition Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Ground Open Open Ground Ground Open Open Ground Ground Open Open Open Open Ground Ground Ground Ground No Maximum Airspeed Available Maximum Airspeed ≤75 Knots Maximum Airspeed >75 and ≤150 Knots Maximum Airspeed >150 and ≤300 Knots Maximum Airspeed >300 and ≤600 Knots Maximum Airspeed >600 and ≤1200 Knots Maximum Airspeed >1200 Knots Not Assigned P1A--5E, 5F ARINC 429 TX COORDINATION BUS INPUT: (P1A--5E [A], P1A--5F [B]) Two high speed ARINC 429 busses (100k bits/second nominal) are provided to interface between the transponder and a TCAS computer unit. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC Characteristic 735A, “Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System”. P1A--5G, 5H ARINC 429 XT COORDINATION BUS OUTPUT: (P1A--5G [A], P1A--5H [B]) See pins P1A--5E, 5F. 4--36 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description P1A--5J AIR / GROUND #2 DISCRETE INPUT: This pin and AIR / GROUND #1 Discrete Input (pin P1A--5K) provide a method for the transponder to automatically determine the Air/Ground status of the aircraft. The status is used in replies to Mode S interrogations and to inhibit replies to certain types of interrogations. Both inputs use ground/open logic, where a Ground specifies an “On the Ground” condition and an Open specifies an “In the Air” condition. When this pin is connected to the Air/Ground Relay (Squat Switch), the transponder will not reply to ATCRBS, ATCRBS/Mode S All Call, or Mode S All Call when the input is set for “On the Ground”. This input should be connected to the Air/Ground Relay for normal operation. P1A--5K AIR / GROUND #1 DISCRETE INPUT: See pin P1A--5J. When this pin is connected to the Air/Ground Relay (Squat Switch), the transponder replies to all types of interrogations irregardless of the state of the input. This input allows the transponder to reply during a ramp test. P1A--6A, 6B ARINC 429 FLIGHT IDENTIFICATION BUS INPUT: (P1A--6A [A], P1A--6B [B]) This differential pair input is a low speed ARINC 429 bus (12.5k bits/second nominal) that accepts a flight identification that is contained within four ARINC 429 data words (labels 233, 234, 235 and 236). P1A--6C, 6D ARINC 615 AIRBORNE DATA LOADER BUS INPUT: (P1A--6C [A], P1A--6D [B]) The Airborne Data Loader interface consists of two high speed ARINC 429 busses (100k bits/second nominal) and a ground/open logic discrete (pin P1A--6G). The interface allows for operational transponder software to be loaded into the unit through an onboard data loader. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC 615 “Airborne Computer High Speed Data Loader”. P1A--6E, 6F ARINC 615 AIRBORNE DATA LOADER BUS OUTPUT: (P1A--6E [A], P1A--6F [B]) See pins P1A--6C, 6D P1A--6G P1A--6H, 6J P1A--6K ADL INPUT LINK A DISCRETE INPUT: See pins P1A--6C, 6D ARINC 575 AIR DATA COMPUTER #1 INPUT: (P1A--6H [A], P1A--6J [B]) This differential pair input is a low speed ARINC 575 bus (12.5k bits/second nominal) that can be used to input altitude information from an ARINC 575 Air Data System. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC Characteristic 575, “Subsonic Air Data System (Digital) DADS”. SINGLE / DUAL ANTENNA PROGRAM INPUT: This pin allows for installation of the transponder in a system with a single bottom mounted antenna or dual top and bottom mounted antennas. The input uses ground/open logic as follows: Ground = Single Bottom Mounted Antenna Configuration Open = Diversity Antenna Configuration 34-43-20 4--37 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation P1A--7A, 7B Functional Description ARINC 429 CONTROL DATA PORT A BUS INPUT: (P1A--7A [A], P1A--7B [B]) The control panel data can be input into the transponder on either of two low speed ARINC 429 busses. (Ports A and B). The control data is contained in labels 013, 015, and 016. The port is selected by the CONTROL DATA PORT SELECT Discrete Input (pin PIA--7D). P1A--7D CONTROL DATA PORT SELECT INPUT: See pins P1A--7A, 7B. This discrete input is used to select which port is used to input control data to the transponder. This input uses a ground/open logic as follows: Ground Specifies Port A Open Specifies Port B P1A--7E, 7F ARINC 429 CONTROL DATA PORT B BUS INPUT: (P1A--7E [A], P1A--7F [B]) See pins P1A--7A, 7B. P1A--7G STANDBY / ON DISCRETE INPUT: This discrete input is connected to the Control Panel STANDBY/ON output. The input selects the active or standby status of the transponder. A ground causes the transponder to be in standby, and an open causes the transponder to be active. P1A--7H, 7J ARINC 429 ADC #1 BUS INPUT: (P1A--7H [A], P1A--7J [B]) The altitude information for the transponder can be obtained from an ARINC 706 Air Data System through two low speed ARINC 429 data busses. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC Characteristic 706, “Mark 5 Subsonic Air Data System”. This differential pair input is a low speed ARINC 429 bus that inputs uncorrected pressure altitude (ARINC label 203) from an altitude source. Also see pins P1B--5A, 5B. P1A--71 TOP ANTENNA RF INPUT: RF input from top antenna. P1B--1A THRU P1B--3E MODE S ADDRESS INPUTS: The Mode S Address is a unique 24--bit code assigned to each aircraft. Pins P1B--1A thru P1B--3E are used to program this 24--bit binary number. The inputs must be set according to this binary number representation. Each binary 1 represents a Grounded pin and each binary 0 represents an Open pin. Pin P1B--1A represents the most significant bit (MSB) of the binary number and pin P1B--3D represents the least significant bit (LSB) of the binary number. NOTE: An address of all 0’s or all 1’s is an illegal address, and can cause the aircraft to be invisible to TCAS II equipped aircraft in flight. Never use an illegal address for an installed system. P1B--3H FUNCTIONAL TEST DISCRETE INPUT: This discrete input is used to put the transponder in a functional test mode. The functional test that is performed by the transponder is equivalent to a test that is initiated from the control panel. The input uses ground/open logic as follows: Ground = Initiate Functional Test Open = Normal Operation 4--38 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description P1B--3J ALTITUDE COMPARISON FAIL DISCRETE OUTPUT: This discrete output annunciates a comparison failure in the altitude data for the transponder if Gillham altitude data is selected. The output annunciates a failure if the two altitude sources are not within 500 feet. The output drives a ground logic threshold (voltage of less than +3.0 Vdc) when the altitude is valid, and an open logic threshold (resistance is greater than 100k Ohms to unit ground) when a failure has occurred. The output is capable of sinking 200 mA of current. P1B--3K XPDR FAIL DISCRETE OUTPUT #1: This discrete output is set to annunciate an internal transponder failure or that the Mode S address is illegal (All 0’s or 1’s). The output will source a voltage of greater than +5.0 Vdc at 100 mA of current when a failure has occurred, and an open circuit (resistance of greater than 100k Ohms to unit ground) when the transponder is operating normally. The output contains diode isolation. Connect this pin to the Control Panel XPDR FAIL #1 input. P1B--4A THRU ENCODING ALTIMETER #1 INPUTS: P1B--4K, AND First of two Encoding Altimeter interfaces. See pins P1A--1A thru 4K and P1A--2K. P1B--5K P1B--5A, 5B ARINC 429 AIR DATA COMPUTER #2 BUS INPUT: (P1B--5A [A], P1B--5B [B]) Second ARINC 429 Air Data Computer bus input. See pins P1A--7H, 7J. P1B--5C, 5D ARINC 575 AIR DATA COMPUTER #2 BUS INPUT: (P1B--5C [A], P1B--5D [B]) Second ARINC 575 Air Data Computer bus input. See pins P1A--6H, 6J. P1B--5E, 5F ARINC 429 COMM A/B TO ADLP BUS OUTPUT: (P1B--5E [A], P1B--5F [B]) See pins P1A--2A, 2B. P1B--5G ALTITUDE COMPARISON ON / OFF DISCRETE INPUT: This discrete input is used to enable/disable the Altitude Comparison function. The Altitude Comparison function is used only if a Gillham altitude source is selected. This pin uses a ground/open logic as follows: Ground = Altitude Comparison Enabled Open = Altitude Comparison Disabled NOTE: If an altitude source other than Gillham is selected, the input has no function. P1B--5H MODE S DATA LINK PROGRAM INPUT: This program input specifies if the transponder is connected to an Airborne Data Link Processor (ADLP) Unit. The input uses ground/open logic as follows: Ground = ADLP is Installed Open = ADLP is not installed P1B--5J ANTENNA BITE PROGRAM INPUT: This program input specifies if the transponder is to perform a built--in test to the antenna subsystem. The transponder performs a continuity check of the antenna to make sure it is not an open circuit. The input uses ground/open logic as follows: Ground = Enables Antenna Subsystem Test Open = Disables Antenna Subsystem Test 34-43-20 4--39 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description P1B--6A, 6B ARINC 429 MAINTENANCE DATA BUS INPUT: (P1B--6A [A], P1B--6B [B]) Two low speed ARINC 429 busses (12.5k bits/second nominal) are provided to interface between the transponder and an onboard maintenance system. The maintenance computer interface is designed to work with all airframe models and types. P1B--6C, 6D ARINC 429 MAINTENANCE DATA BUS OUTPUT: (P1B--6C [A], P1B--6D [B]) See pins P1B--6A, 6B. P1B--6E AIR DATA SOURCE SOURCE SELECT DISCRETE INPUT: The transponder contains dual inputs for all types of altitude sources. This discrete input specifies which of the two inputs are used to obtain altitude information. Ground = Altitude Source No. 2 Open = Altitude Source No. 1 P1B--6F, P1B--6G, P1B--6H ALTITUDE TYPE SELECT PROGRAM INPUT: The Altitude Type Select program pins are used to configure the transponder for the type of altitude source that is connected to it. The inputs use ground/open logic. The Altitude Type Select Common (pin P1B--6H) can be used to supply a ground. Program Pin P1B--6F P1B--6G Definition Ground Ground Open Open Ground Open Ground Open Selects Gillham Altitude Source Selects ARINC 575 Altitude Source Selects ARINC 407 Synchro Altitude Source Selects ARINC 429 Altitude Source P1B--7A THRU P1B--7J ARINC 565 ANALOG AC AIR DATA COMPUTER #2 INPUTS: Second ARINC 565 Analog AC Air Data Computer Input. See pins P1A--4A Thru 4J. P1B--71 BOTTOM ANTENNA RF INPUT: RF input from bottom antenna. P1C--1 XPDR 115 Vac INPUT POWER: (H) This pin along with the XPDR 115 Vac RETURN line (pin P1C--7) provides the 115 Vac power requirements for the transponder. NOTE: Only --10XXX thru --54XXX transponders accept 115 Vac, 400 Hz input power. If the 115 Vac version is used, the power should be connected through a 5 amp circuit breaker, and the pins for the 28 Vdc input (P1C--10 and P1C--3) should be left unconnected. P1C--3 XPDR +28 Vdc RETURN: (L) See pin P1C--10. P1C--4 XPDR OFF (NO) INPUT: This discrete input is used to turn the transponder power supply OFF. It should not be connected in aircraft installations. 4--40 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description P1C--6 FAN +28 Vdc OUTPUT: (+) The 28 Vdc version of the transponder can control an externally mounted +28 Vdc fan to provide cooling air for the transponder. The Fan +28 Vdc output (P1C--6) should be connected to the positive input of the fan, and the Fan Return (NO) Output (P1C--9) should be connected to the negative input of the fan. The output has the capability to drive a fan that draws up to 200 mA of current. The fan is turned on when the internal transponder temperature rises above 30 degrees centigrade. In the 115 Vac version of the transponder, the outputs are not used. P1C--7 XPDR 115 Vac RETURN: (C) See pin P1C--1. P1C--8 SIGNAL GROUND INPUT: Connect to Aircraft Signal Ground. P1C--9 FAN RETURN (NO): (--) See pin P1C--6. P1C--10 XPDR +28 Vdc INPUT POWER: (H) This pin along with the +28 Vdc RETURN line (P1C--3) provide the 28 Vdc power requirements for the transponder. NOTE: Only --55XXX thru --99XXX transponders accept +28 Vdc input power. If the +28 Vdc version is used, the power should be connected through an 8 amp circuit breaker, and the pins for the 115 Vac input (P1C--1 and P1C--7) should be left unconnected. P1C--11 CHASSIS GROUND INPUT: Connect to aircraft frame. P1C--12, P1C--13 MUTUAL SUPPRESSION BUS INPUT/OUTPUT: L--Band suppression coax must be RG--142 or equivalent coaxial cable. P1C--12 and P1C--13 are connected internally. Connection to only one pin is required. The Interface descriptions that follow are for the 53--pin ARINC 615 Portable Data Loader connector J1 mounted on the front panel of the transponder. These descriptions are used to make up the cable that is used to interface between the transponder and the ARINC 615 Data Loader or a RS--232 PC Serial Port. J1--1, 2 J1--5 XPDR ARINC 429 PDL BUS INPUT: (J1--1 [A], J1--2 [B]) This differential pair input is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal) is used to input data from the data loader to the transponder. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC 615 “Airborne Computer High Speed Data Loader”. These pins should be connected to pins 1 and 2 of the PDL cable interface. INPUT BUS SHIELD: The shields from the input bus (J1--1, 2) should be connected to this pin. 34-43-20 4--41 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--8, 9 XPDR ARINC 429 PDL BUS OUTPUT: (J1--8 [A], J1--9 [B]) This differential pair output is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal) used to output data from the transponder to the data loader. The standards for this interface are defined in ARINC 615 “Airborne Computer High Speed Data Loader”. These pins should be connected to pins 8 and 9 of the PDL cable interface. J1--16 OUTPUT BUS SHIELD: The shields from the output bus (J1--8, 9) should be connected to this pin. J1--18 PDL LINK A: Connect this pin to pin 18 of the PDL cable interface. J1--19 PDL LINK B: Connect this pin to pin 19 of the PDL cable interface. J1--20, 22 115 Vac POWER OUTPUT: (J1--20 [H], J1--22 [C]) These power output pins provide the 115 Vac operating power for the data loader. NOTE: Only the 115 Vac version transponders provide this output. If a +28 Vdc version transponder is installed, either the data loader must be able to operate from +28 Vdc or the data loader 115 Vac input power must be connected to a source external to the transponder. The 115 Vac (H) and 115 Vac (C) should be shielded or twisted and shielded with an insulating jacket over the shield. The shield should be connected to chassis ground (pin 21). J1--21 J1--37, 38 4--42 15 Feb 2003 CHASSIS GROUND: Connect 115 Vac power shields to this pin. +28 Vdc POWER OUTPUT: (J1--37 [HI], J1--38 [LO]) These power output pins provide the +28 Vdc operating power for the data loader. These pins are used only if the data loader operates from +28 Vdc. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--4. XS--950 Data Link Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation J1--40 J1--41 J1--48, 49 Functional Description RS--232 PDL INPUT: RS--232 PDL OUTPUT LOGIC COMMON (Gnd) These pins would be connected to an RS--232 Serial Port as follows. Most RS--232 Serial Ports use either a 9 pin RS--232 (COM) connector or a 25 pin RS--232 (COM) connector. ARINC 615 PC COM1 OR COM2 PC COM1 OR COM2 CONNECTOR PIN 9 PIN CONNECTOR 25 PIN CONNECTOR 40 41 48 or 49 NOTE: J1--50 J1--51 J1--52 J1--53 PC TX (pin 3) PC RX (pin 2) Ground (pin 5) PC TX (pin 2) PC RX (pin 3) Ground (pin 7) When using a RS--232 interface, transponder pin J1--18 (Link A) and pin J1--19 (Link B) must be connected (tied together) to do a software upload. The pins should be open to verify the software status. PDL FUNCTION DISCRETE #1 INPUT: PDL FUNCTION DISCRETE #2 INPUT: PDL FUNCTION DISCRETE #3 INPUT: PDL FUNCTION DISCRETE #4 INPUT: These pins are used to receive discrete functional information from the data loader. These pins should be connected to the PDL cable interface. 34-43-20 4--43 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--5. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interface Description Connector Pin Designation J1--1, 2 Functional Description XPDR +28 Vdc FAN PWR and +28Vdc FAN RTN: (J1--1 LOW, J1--2 HIGH) The fan discrete outputs supply a switched, filtered +28 Vdc for a dc fan. The RCZ--852 Transponder has an internal fan built into the unit, so external cooling is not required. Pins J1--1 and J1--2 should not be connected. J1--3 MUTUAL SUPPRESSION BUS I/O: This bus is a single conductor, shielded bidirectional line that connects to all aircraft L--Band equipment. It is used to desensitize the associated receiver inputs while transmitting. J1--7 XPDR +28 Vdc RTN: See pins 8, 9. J1--8 J1--9 XPDR +28 Vdc PWR: These pins along with there return lines (J1--7 and J1--20) provide the +28 Volt power requirements for the transponder. J1--11 PROGRAM ENABLE INPUT: Bench test function. Do not connect this pin in aircraft installations. J1--12 XPDR RS232 TX OUTPUT: Bench test function. Do not connect this pin in aircraft installations. J1--17, J1--18 J1--19, J1--21 DC GROUND INPUT: To be connected to aircraft dc ground. J1--23 XPDR VALID (PO) OUTPUT: This discrete outputs the status of the transponder continuous monitor tests. It is the same as the XPDR VALID (NO) output (J1--100) except the discrete is a positive/open logic. A +28 Vdc (200 mA maximum) is provided when the transponder is operational and an active transponder mode is selected. An Open (>100k Ohms resistance to ground) output is provided when the transponder has failed or the standby mode is selected. J1--24 XPDR RS232 RX INPUT: Bench test function. Do not connect this pin in aircraft installations. J1--25 PROGRAM +15 Vdc OUTPUT: Bench test function. Do not connect this pin in aircraft installations. J1--26, 27 XPDR TO TCAS ARINC 429 BUS OUTPUT: (J1--26 [A], J1--27 [B]) This differential pair output is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal) that sends data to the TCAS computer unit. The data bus conforms to the ARINC 718 and ARINC 735A standards for TCAS to transponder interface. J1--28, 29 XPDR TO DLP A/B ARINC 429 BUS OUTPUT: (J1--28 [A], J1--29[B]) This differential pair output is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal) that sends data to an airborne data link processor (ADLP) system. The data bus is used to transfer COMM--A and COMM--B messages between the two systems and conforms to the ARINC 718 standard for ADLP to transponder interface. 4--44 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--5. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--30, 31 XPDR TO DLP C/D ARINC 429 BUS OUTPUT: (J1--30 [A], J1--31 [B]) This differential pair output is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal) that sends data to an airborne data link processor (ADLP) system. The data bus is used to transfer COMM--C and COMM--D messages between the two systems and conforms to the ARINC 718 standard for ADLP to transponder interface. J1--32, 33 ADC1 TO XPDR ARINC 429/575 BUS INPUT: (J1--32 [A], J1--33 [B]) This differential pair input is a low speed ARINC 429 or 575 bus that inputs uncorrected pressure altitude (ARINC label 203) from an altitude source. The input accepts either ARINC 429 or 575 data format, which is selected by the altitude source straps (W33, W34) on the Strap Assembly. The ALT SRC SEL2 (NO) discrete, pin 60, selects either ADC1 or ADC2. J1--34, 35 CTL1 TO XPDR ARINC 429 BUS INPUT: (J1--34 [A], J1--35 [B]) The transponder can receive data from the control panel(s) on the CTL1 TO XPDR and CTL2 TO XPDR data busses. The bus used, is selected by the CTL SRC SEL1 (NO) DISCRETE. See pin 61. The data bus not selected will not be processed. These differential pair inputs are low speed ARINC 429 busses (12.5k bits/second nominal) that transmits tuning information from the control panel to the transponder. The transponder expects to receive ARINC labels 016 and 031 at an update rate of 100 to 200 milliseconds. Also see CTL2 TO XPDR ARINC 429 bus input (pins 48 and 49). J1--40, 41 TCAS TO XPDR ARINC 429 BUS INPUT: (J1--40 [A], J1--41 [B]) This differential pair input is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bit/second nominal) that receives data from a T2CAS computer unit. The data bus conforms to the ARINC 718 and ARINC 735A standards for TCAS to transponder interface. J1--42, 43 DLP A/B TO XPDR ARINC 429 BUS INPUT: (J1--42 [A], J1--43 [B]) This differential pair input is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100k bits/second nominal) that receives data from an airborne data link processor (ADLP) system. The data bus is used to transfer COMM--A and COMM--B messages between the two systems and conforms to the ARINC 718 standard for ADLP to transponder interface. J1--44, 45 DLP C/D TO XPDR ARINC 429 BUS INPUT: (J1--44 [A], J1--45 [B]) This differential pair input is a high speed ARINC 429 bus (100K bits/second nominal) that receives data from an airborne data link processor (ADLP) system. The data bus is used to transfer COMM--C and COMM--D messages between the two systems and conforms to the ARINC 718 standard for ADLP to transponder interface. J1--46, 47 ADC2 TO XPDR ARINC 429/575 BUS INPUT: (J1--46 [A], J1--47 [B]) See pins J1--32, 33 J1--48, 49 CTL2 TO XPDR ARINC 429 BUS INPUT: (J1--48 [A], J1--49 [B]) See pins J1--34, 35 J1--50, 51 XPDR TO CTL ARINC 429 BUS OUTPUT: (J1--50 [A], J1--51 [B]) This differential pair output is a low speed ARINC 429 bus (12.5k bits/second) that transmits control panel input data back to the control panel for verification purposes. These output pins are connected only on some Collins control panels that require feedback from the transponder to make sure it is operating properly. 34-43-20 4--45 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--5. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation J1--53 thru 58, J1--67 thru 71 Functional Description ENCODING ALTIMETER NO.1 ELEVEN BIT INPUT: Transponder input from Encoding Altimeter No. 1. These eleven lines from the altitude encoder comprise an 11--bit word representative of the aircraft’s uncorrected pressure altitude. J1--59 ALT COMP ENA (NO) DISCRETE INPUT: This discrete input enables or disables altitude comparison when dual Gillham altitude sources are selected via the ALTITUDE SOURCE strap. If comparison is enabled (J1--59 Grounded), the two altitude sources (ENC ALT1 and ENC ALT2) are compared, and are considered valid if they are within 500 feet. If the altitude comparison is enabled and it fails, the altitude data is considered invalid in Mode S replies and altitude data sent to TCAS. If comparison is disabled (J1--59 Open), only the selected altitude source is used. This discrete has no effect if ARINC 429 or 575 altitude sources are used. NOTE: For installations with TCAS that use Gillham encoding altimeter sources, two encoding altimeter sources must be used, and pin J1--59 must be enabled (Grounded). J1--60 ALT SRC SEL2 (NO) DISCRETE INPUT: This discrete input allows selection of one of two altitude sources. An Open causes the transponder to use altitude source No.1, and a Ground causes the transponder to use altitude source No.2. The altitude data sent to TCAS and used for transponder replies is derived from the selected source. J1--61 CTL SRC SEL1 (NO) DISCRETE INPUT: This discrete input is used to select one of two ARINC 429 control tuning ports. A Ground on this pin causes the transponder to use CTL1 TO XPDR bus for tuning data, and an Open causes the transponder to use CTL2 TO XPDR bus for tuning data. The input is used only when the transponder tuning source is an ARINC 429 source in a stand--alone transponder system. When an RSB tuning source is used, the input is ignored. J1--64, 65 FMS TO XPDR ARINC 429 BUS INPUT: (J1--64 [A], J1--65 [B]) This differential pair input is a low speed ARINC 429 bus (12.5k bits/second nominal) that receives basic transponder control data (label 031) and AIS flight ID (labels 233, 234, 235, and 236) from a Flight Management System (FMS). J1--72 XPDR STANDBY (NO) INPUT: This discrete input is connected to the Control Panel STANDBY/ON output. The input selects the active or standby status of the transponder. A ground causes the transponder to be in Standby, and an Open causes the transponder to be active. The input is used only when the transponder tuning source is an ARINC 429 source in a stand--alone transponder system. When an RCB tuning source is used, the input is ignored. NOTE: If using a Collins CTL--92 Controller, this pin is not used. 4--46 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--5. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation J1--73 Functional Description SQUAT SWITCH 1 (NO) DISCRETE INPUT: This discrete input is used in conjunction with SQUAT SWITCH 2 discrete input (pin 75). The squat switch inputs tell the transponder if the aircraft is on the ground or in the air. The two inputs have different affects on transponder operation, and the status of the two are combined. SQUAT SWITCH 1 (NO) causes the transponder to indicate the in the air/ on the ground condition in replies to interrogations. SQUAT SWITCH 2 (NO) in addition to performing the function of SQUAT SWITCH 1 (NO), also inhibits replies to ATCRBS, ATCRBS/Mode S All--Call, and Mode S All--Call interrogations when the aircraft is “on the ground”. The air/ground polarity is set by the SQUAT SWITCH POLARITY strap. The matrix that follows, shows how the discretes affect the transponder operation: Squat Sw Polarity Strap Squat Switch Inputs 1 (NO) 2 (NO) Transponder Operation Air/Ground ATCRBS/All--Call Status Replies Gnd Gnd Gnd Gnd Open Open Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open Gnd Gnd Open Open On Ground On Ground On Ground In Air In Air On Ground On Ground On Ground Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Gnd Open Disabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled J1--74 XPDR OFF (NO) INPUT: This discrete input is used to turn the transponder power supply OFF. It should not be connected in aircraft installations. J1--75 SQUAT SWITCH 2 (NO) DISCRETE INPUT: See pin 73. J1--80 thru 85 J1--94 thru 98 ENCODING ALTIMETER NO. 2 ELEVEN BIT INPUT: Transponder input from Encoding Altimeter No. 2. These eleven (11) lines from the altitude encoder comprise an 11--bit word representative of the aircraft altitude. J1--90 XPDR STRAP +5 Vdc OUTPUT: Connect Strap Board connector pin W1P1--3 (red wire) to J1--90. This output pin provides the +5 Vdc input power required by the Strap Assembly. J1--91 XPDR STRAP CLOCK (N) OUTPUT: Connect Strap Board connector pin W1P1--6 (blue wire) to J1--91. This output consists of 48 clock pulses that serially shift the system options data out of the Strap Assembly shift registers. J1--92 XPDR STRAP LOAD (N) OUTPUT: Connect Strap Board connector pin W1P1--2 (orange wire) to J1--92. This output is used to load the system options status into the Strap Assembly shift registers during initial system power--up. 34-43-20 4--47 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--5. RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Interface Description (cont) Connector Pin Designation Functional Description J1--93 XPDR STRAP DATA (P) INPUT: Connect Strap Board connector pin W1P1--7 (white wire) to J1--93. This input receives the serial data from the Strap Assembly that is used to program the desired system options and Mode S address. J1--99 XPDR ACTIVE (NO) OUTPUT: This discrete output can be connected to an RF relay for systems that use a single antenna connected to two transponders for the purpose of switching the antenna to the active transponder. A Ground (200 mA maximum) output is provided when an Active transponder mode is selected. An Open (>100k Ohms to ground) output is provided when Standby mode is selected. J1--100 XPDR VALID (NO) OUTPUT: This discrete outputs the status of the transponder continuous monitor tests. A Ground (200 mA maximum) output is provided when the transponder is operational and an active transponder mode is selected. An Open (>100k Ohms resistance to ground) output is provided when the transponder has failed or the Standby mode is selected. This pin should be connected to the Control Panel XPDR FAIL input. J1--102 ALT VALID (NO) OUTPUT: This discrete outputs the status of the altitude source when the transponder is in an active mode and altitude reporting is enabled. A Ground (200 mA maximum) is output when the selected altitude source is valid and the transponder is in an altitude reporting mode. An Open (>100k Ohms resistance to ground) output is provided when the selected altitude source is invalid or the transponder is in Standby or not in an altitude reporting mode. This pin should be connected to the Control Panel ALT FAIL input if applicable. J1--103 XPDR STRAP GROUND OUTPUT: Connect Strap Board connector pin W1P1--4 (black wire) to J1--103. This output is the return line for the +5 Vdc output. See pin 90. J1--104 RESERVED FUNCTION: Connect Strap Board connector pin W1P1--1 (green wire) to J1--104. J1--105 RESERVED FUNCTION: Connect Strap Board connector pin W1P1--8 (yellow wire) to J1--105. 4--48 J2 BOTTOM ANTENNA RF INPUT: RF input signal from bottom antenna. J3 TOP ANTENNA RF INPUT: RF input signal from top antenna. 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 TAWS/RWS PINOUTS AND PIN DEFINITIONS 3. TAWS/RWS Specifications The Ground Collision Avoidance Module (GCAM) function performs the core TAWS and reactive windshear detection processing. Inputs to the GCAM are aircraft state variables, aircraft performance models, the combined terrain and airport database, aircraft discretes, and ARINC label busses. The outputs from the GCAM are the TAWS alerts, reactive windshear (RWS) alerts, and the terrain display buffers. The TAWS/RWS input data is attained from a variety of aircraft LRUs depending on the configuration of the specific aircraft. Since the source of the TAWS/RWS input data is primarily unknown until a Customer Worksheet (Appendix A) and aircraft survey has been completed, most of the ARINC 600 connector pins are configurable. Once the origin of the TAWS/RWS input data has been determined an Aircraft Specific Data Base (ASDB) is generated by ACSS that defines the pin assignments for that specific aircraft. At installation time, the ASDB is loaded into the aircraft’s Aircraft Personality Module (APM) which then remains with the aircraft throughout any T2CAS LRU removal/replacements to retain the aircraft configuration data. In addition to the configurable pins, the TAWS/RWS also contains some permanent or non--configurable pin assignments as well as some pin assignments that are shared with the TCAS functionality. This section is organized in a generic format to accommodate the dynamic, aircraft dependant pin assignments. The flow for configurable pin assignments is as follows: • An aircraft configuration type is determined based on the equipment installed. • Using the aircraft configuration data, the pin assignments are engineered, assigned and documented in the ASDB system requirements. • An Aircraft Configuration Table is then generated in Appendix B of this document that details the specifics of the equipment installed on the new aircraft (columns) and assigns an Aircraft Installation Number to the newly identified aircraft installation type (rows). • The Aircraft Installation Number then references a Table that assigns the TAWS/RWS signals to an Analog, Discrete or Digital Input/Output number. For example, FMS #1 (Left) could be assigned Digital Input #2. Table 4--13 of this section would then be referenced to obtain the specifics (pin numbers, usage, tolerances, etc.) of Digital Input #2. • If any new aircraft installation data and pinouts match a previously identified aircraft installation type, then that specific aircraft (identified at a minimum by Customer and aircraft type) is added to the existing Aircraft Configuration Table. In addition to providing configurable and non--configurable pinouts, this section also provides the following: • Characteristics and tolerances for the generic analog, discrete and digital inputs/outputs. For example, analog Input #1 must be a 3W or 2W Synchro, be within the voltage/impedance tolerances defined in Table 4--10 and Table 4--11, and have the signal characteristics defined in the applicable subsection of the “Programmable Analog Input Pins” section. 34-43-20 4--49 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 • A listing of the TAWS/RWS Input Data Signals, LRUs providing those signals, their data definitions (i.e. Analog signal type, A429 Label, etc.) and the minimum requirements that must be met by that specific input signal in order for TAWS/RWS to function within specification. A. TAWS/RWS Pinout and Pin Descriptions (Non--Configurable) This section contains the non--configurable pin assignments for the GCAM functionality (Table 4--6). Table 4--6. TAWS/RWS Non--Configurable Pinout Pin Designation Signal Functional Description Right Top Plug (RTP) RTP--1A, --1B ARINC 453 Terrain Display Output No. 1: (RTP--1A [A], RTP--1B [B]) A453 Output RTP--1E, --1F ARINC 453 Terrain Display Output No. 2: (RTP--1E [A], RTP--1F [B]) A453 Output RTP--8G, --8H Glide Slope Low Level Deviation No. 1: (RTP--8G [+], RTP--8H [--]) Analog ILS Input RTP--8J, --8K Localizer Low Level Deviation No. 1: (RTP--8J [+], RTP--8K [--]) Analog ILS Input RTP--9C, --9D Glide Slope Low Level Deviation No. 2: (RTP--9C [+], RTP--9D [--]) Analog ILS Input RTP--9E, --9F Localizer Low Level Deviation No. 2: (RTP--9E [+], RTP--9F [--]) Analog ILS Input RTP--14E RTP--14F, --14G, --14H RTP--14J 4--50 15 Feb 2003 dc Total Air Temperature Return Analog dc TAT Return dc Altitude Rate A575/595: (RTP--14F [Signal], --14G [Ref+], --14H [Ref--]) Analog dc A575/595 dc Output Reference +5 Vdc: The T2CAS provides a +5 Vdc precision reference output as a reference voltage for analog sensors which provide a ratio--metric output. In most installations the reference voltage and the signal voltage are monitored so that the tolerance of the reference output is not critical. This is the preferred method and eliminates issues such as ground differentials in aircraft installations. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--6. TAWS/RWS Non--Configurable Pinout(cont) Pin Designation Signal Functional Description RTP--14K dc Output Reference Return: This is the Analog Reference Return for the +5 Vdc Output Reference voltage on pin RTP--14J. Hence, the output voltage is measured between the Analog Reference +5 Vdc output and Analog Reference Return output. RTP--15A Audio Output -- 8Ω (H) The 8Ω analog outputs are used to drive a speaker in the aircraft for the annunciation of aural alerts. The TCAS has it’s own audio output, and TAWS and RWS functions share an audio output. The TCAS and TAWS/RWS outputs are independent and separately controlled. RTP--15B Audio Output -- 600Ω (H) The 600Ω analog outputs are used to drive an intercom or headset in the aircraft for the annunciation of aural alerts. The TCAS has it’s own audio output, and TAWS and RWS functions share an audio output. The TCAS and TAWS/RWS outputs are independent and separately controlled. RTP--15C Audio Output -- 8Ω (L) / 600Ω (L) This is the Ground return for both the 8Ω and 600Ω Audio outputs (RTP--15A and --15B respectfully). RTP--15D APM Power This is the +12 Vdc power source for the Airplane Personality Module. RTP--15E APM Return This is the Ground return for +12 Vdc APM power source. See pin RTP--15D RTP--15F APM Clock This the APM Clock Output which is used to synchronize serial output to the APM. The Clock output frequency is 2.0 MHz + 1% when the APM is being accessed and is set to a logic 0 (not toggling) when the APM is not being accessed. 34-43-20 4--51 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--6. TAWS/RWS Non--Configurable Pinout(cont) Pin Designation Signal Functional Description RTP--15G APM Serial Data Input: This is the Serial Data Output from T2CAS to the APM Serial Data Input. APM Enable (RTP--15J) and APM Write Enable (RTP--15K) must be enabled before data can be written to the APM. RTP--15H APM Serial Data Output This is the Serial Data Input to T2CAS from the APM Serial Data Output. APM Enable (RTP--15J) must be enabled before data can be read from the APM. RTP--15J APM Enable No. 1 This pin is used to Enable Read/Write access to the APM. An APM Enable Output logic of 1 disables Read/Write access to the APM and a logic 0 enables APM Read/Write access. This pin is used in conjunction with pins RTP--15G (APM serial output) and RTP--15H (APM serial input). RTP--15K APM Write Enable No. 1 This pin is used to Enable Write access to the APM. An APM Write Enable Output logic of 1 disables Write access to the APM and a logic 0 enables APM Write access. This pin is used in conjunction with pin RTP--15G (APM serial output). Right Middle Plug (RMP) RMP--2H, --2J Radio Altitude ARINC 552/552A #1 (RMP--2H [+], RMP--2J [--]) RMP--2K 4--52 15 Feb 2003 Radio Altitude Valid Discrete Input #1 34-43-20 Analog Rad Alt Input +28 Vdc Disc Input. Used with Analog Rad Alt Input #1 (RMP--2H, --2J). Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--6. TAWS/RWS Non--Configurable Pinout(cont) Pin Designation Signal Functional Description RMP--5K Air Ground Discrete Input (Weight--On--Wheels) This discrete input to the T2CAS computer unit indicates the status of the Air/Ground or Weight--On--Wheels (WOW) switch. TCAS filters this input to make sure it remains in a steady state a minimum of 4 seconds before an Air/Ground transition is recorded. An open indicates the aircraft is airborne and a ground indicates the aircraft is on the ground. Inputs should be diode isolated from each other. RMP--9C, RMP--9D GPS Data A429 Output (RMP--9C [A], RMP--9D [B]) A429 Output H/L. Signal is reserved on TT--950 and TT--951 models (units without GPS). RMP--9E, --9F GPS Time Mark RS--422 Input/Output (RMP--9E [A], RMP--9F [B]) Signals are GPS Time Mark Inputs on TT--950 and TT--951 models (units without GPS). Signals are GPS Time Mark Outputs on TT--952 (unit with GPS). CD General Purpose A429 Output #1 (RMP--9G [A], RMP--9H [B]) A429 Output H/L. Signals are reserved for TCAS functions, however the ARINC 429 output busses are internally connected and generated by the A6 TAWS CCA. RMP--9J, --9K CD General Purpose A429 Output #2 (RMP--9J [A], RMP--9K [B]) A429 Output H/L. Signals are reserved for TCAS functions, however the ARINC 429 output busses are internally connected and generated by the A6 TAWS CCA. RMP--9G, --9H RMP--13F Landing Gear Discrete Input GND Disc Input RMP--13H, RMP--13J Radio Altitude A429 Input #1 (RMP--13H [A], RMP--13J [B]) A429 Input H/L. Signals are used by TCAS and TAWS/RWS functions RMP--14K Accelerometer Self Test Output Accelerometer Test Output RMP--15G Pitch Limit Indicator Output #1 (Reserved) Pitch Limit Output RMP--15H Pitch Limit Indicator Output #2 (Reserved) Pitch Limit Output 34-43-20 4--53 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--6. TAWS/RWS Non--Configurable Pinout(cont) Pin Designation Signal Functional Description Right Bottom Plug (RBP) RBP--1E, --1F Computer Power Output (RMP--1E [+], RMP--1F [--]) RBP--1G Radio Altitude Valid Discrete Input #3 RBP--3A, --3B Radio Altitude ARINC 552/552A #2 (RBP--3A [+], RBP--3B [--]) RBP--3C Radio Altitude Valid Discrete Input #2 RBP--3D, --3E Radio Altitude A429 Input #2 (RBP--3D [A], RBP--3E [B]) Power Output (+24V) + 28 Vdc Disc Input. Used with Analog Rad Alt Input #3 (RBP--3F, --3G). Analog Rad Alt Input. +28 Vdc Disc Input. Used with Analog Rad Alt Input #2 (RBP--3A, --3B). A429 Input H/L. Signals are used by TCAS and TAWS functions. Radio Altitude ARINC 552/552A #3 (RBP--3F [+], RBP--3G [--]) Analog Rad Alt Input. RBP--10A JTAG Test Bus -- TCK Input Test JTAG Bus. RBP--10D JTAG Test Bus -- TDI Input Test JTAG Bus. RBP--10E JTAG Test Bus -- TDO Output Test JTAG Bus. RBP--10F JTAG Test Bus -- TMS Output Test JTAG Bus. RBP--10G Reserved JTAG Test Bus -- TRST Output Test JTAG Bus. RBP--3F, 3G B. TAWS/RWS Data Configuration (1) ASDB The ASDB is a field loadable database that customizes the T2CAS operation for a specific aircraft. The ASDB defines the Input/Output definition for the specific aircraft type, the aircraft climb performance data to support of the TAWS functionality, and the windshear algorithm coefficient data. The ASDB file is produced with a unique part number and can be uploaded to the APM via the RS--232 port or from a Compact Flash card. The ASDB I/O Database contains specific information needed to perform the I/O functionality for the specific aircraft type. The I/O tables define the following types of information for processing system inputs and outputs: • Physical mapping between external systems and T2CAS inputs and outputs. Example, GPS #1 is connected to ARINC 429 Input Bus #5. 4--54 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 • Types of data or information which is processed by the input or generated by the output. Example: GPS#1 has the following ARINC 429 labels: 100, 101, etc.. • Input or output timing characteristics such as time--out periods or output rates. Example: Label 100 must be received every 2 seconds for it to be valid. • Data processing characteristics which define specific types of processing which may be performed on each input or output. This includes an example of the following types of options: -- Method of storage (single or ping--pong buffer) -- Digital filter option (low--pass filter received data with a specified cut--off frequency based on parameters in the tables) -- Extrapolation option (extrapolate data at a given interval based on previous samples received) -- Sequence number option (example, process 310 Latitude and 311 Longitude as a pair) -- Push--button option (look for a transition from 0 to 1 in the data) • Conversion code and parameters which specify how to process the data. Examples: 1) Decode Label 310 as a BNR (binary) number with a MSB of 90 degrees. 2) Multiply analog radio altitude voltage by a parameter (scale factor) to get feet. • Non--standard conversion parameters. The conversion code in 5) provides a standard set of conversion operations which can handle many types of inputs and outputs. However for more complex types of conversions, the non--standard conversion allows for a number of operations to be performed on the data. Operations which may be performed include mathematical, comparison and branching. • A parameter which is used to determine the location in RAM where the input data is stored after processing, or data is read prior to output. This allows I/O data to be mapped into the correct memory locations where GCAM can access it. (2) APM The T2CAS uses an Airplane Personality Module (APM) to hold aircraft specific configuration data for TAWS and RWS functions. The APM is used in place of program pin inputs to provide system configuration. The APM is in an ARINC 607 Type II form factor, and is mounted to the aircraft as part of the installation. It retains configuration data if a T2CAS LRU is removed and replaced with a new LRU serial number. The APM contains two types of data: • Aircraft Type Data • Installation Option Data 34-43-20 4--55 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The aircraft type data is produced by ACSS, and contains data that is specific to each particular aircraft type. It contains performance data for that aircraft which is used by TAWS and Windshear functions. It also contains I/O configuration data for the aircraft that defines and configures the interfaces to the aircraft system. For each aircraft type, a unique Aircraft Type Data file is produced by ACSS that has a unique part number. The Installation Option data replaces the function of program pin (strap) inputs, and allows the installer to customize the operation of the unit at the time of installation. Types of functions that can be configured include display options, discrete output options, altitude callout options, aural annunciation volume control, and other options. A complete list of Operator Selectable Options is contained in Table 4--7 and Table 4--8. The programming of the APM includes the Aircraft Type Data and Installation Option Data, and is accomplished through the RS--232 port on the PDL connector through a Laptop PC, or a Compact Flash Card. The APM data file that contains both types of data is generated on a PC with the EDDIT software tool and allows the selection of the aircraft type and installation options for that aircraft type. The EDDIT tool builds a file that contains a cyclical redundancy check (CRC) field around the APM data. With a blank APM installed in the aircraft, the file can be uploaded to the T2CAS unit over the RS--232 port or through a Compact Flash card. The T2CAS will then program the APM. Verification of the correct APM contents may be accomplished by the RS--232 port or on the TAWS display. After the APM is programmed, the T2CAS, will output the Aircraft Type Data part number and the installation option settings to the RS--232 port. Additionally, it will display the APM configuration information on the TAWS display. The data contained in the APM is recorded as part of the aircraft configuration data. The software in the T2CAS unit checks the CRC of the data to insure the file is not corrupted. Table 4--7. Callout Configuration Items Configuration Option 4--56 15 Feb 2003 ACD Setting Option Callout Enable Flag [1] Enable/Disable Callouts Bank Angle Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Bank Angle Callout DH/MDA Switch Available Flag Enable/Disable Decision Height Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable DH Callout Minimums Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Minimums Callout Minimums--Minimums Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout Approaching Decision Height Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Approaching DH Callout Approaching Minimums Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Approaching Minimums Callout 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--7. Callout Configuration Items(cont) Configuration Option ACD Setting Option 1000 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 500 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 500 ft. (Tone) Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout Tone 400 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 300 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 200 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 100 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 100 ft. (Tone) Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout Tone 80 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 60 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 50 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 40 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 35 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 35 ft. (Tone) Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout Tone 30 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 20 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout 20 ft. (Tone) Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout Tone 10 ft. Callout Enable Flag Enable/Disable Callout Table 4--8. Operator Selectable Options -- Default Settings Operator Selectable Options Data Parameter Selectable Option Aircraft Configuration Data Part Number ACD_PART_NUMBER up to 23 ASCII characters Aircraft Registration Number (Tail Number) AIRCRAFT_REGISTRATION_ NUMBER up to 23 ASCII characters Alert High Impedance Volume Level HIGH_IMPEDANCE_VOLUME _LEVEL integer in the range 0 .. 255 ( min = 0, max = 255) Alert Low Impedance Volume Level LOW_IMPEDANCE_VOLUME_ integer in the range 0 .. 255 LEVEL ( min = 0, max = 255) 34-43-20 4--57 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--8. Operator Selectable Options -- Default Settings(cont) Operator Selectable Options 4--58 15 Feb 2003 Data Parameter Selectable Option Bank Angle Repetition BANK_ANGLE_REPETITION 1, 2, 3, 4, Infinity -- T2CAS will repeat the Bank Angle Warning based on the Bank Angle Repetition input. CPA Caution Alert CPA_MODE_CAUTION 1 = “TERRAIN AHEAD”, 2 = “TERRAIN CAUTION“ CPA Mode A Warning Alert CPA_MODE_A_WARNING 1 = “TERRAIN AHEAD PULL--UP”, 2 = “TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL--UP PULL--UP” or 3 = “Whoop, Whoop--PULL UP” CPA Mode B Warning Alert CPA_MODE_B_WARNING 1 = “AVOID TERRAIN” GPWS Caution Flash Enable GPWS_CAUTION_FLASH_ ENABLE Enable -- Caution lamp flashing for the duration of the GPWS Caution Event. Disable -- Caution lamp solid for the duration of the GPWS Caution Event. GPWS Warning Flash Enable GPWS_WARNING_FLASH_ ENABLE Enable -- Warning lamp flashing for the duration of the GPWS Warning Event. Disable -- Warning lamp solid for the duration of the GPWS Warning Event. Male Voice Enable MALE_VOICE_ENABLE Enable -- enables the male alerting voice Disable -- alerting voice is a female voice. Mode 1 Caution Alert MODE_1_CAUTION 1 = “Whoop, Whoop, PULL UP” or 2 = “PULL UP, PULL UP” Mode 1 Warning Alert MODE_1_WARNING 1 = “Whoop, Whoop, PULL UP” or 2 = “PULL UP, PULL UP” Mode 2 Caution Alert MODE_2_CAUTION 1 = “TERRAIN, TERRAIN” Mode 2 Warning Alert MODE_2_WARNING 1 = “Whoop, Whoop, PULL UP” or 2 = “PULL UP, PULL UP” 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--8. Operator Selectable Options -- Default Settings(cont) Operator Selectable Options Data Parameter Selectable Option Mode 3 Caution Alert MODE_3_CAUTION 1 = “DON’T SINK, DON’T SINK” Mode 4A Caution Alert MODE_4A_CAUTION 1 = “TOO LOW TERRAIN” or 2 = “TOO LOW FLAPS” Mode 4B Caution Alert MODE_4B_CAUTION 1 = “TOO LOW TERRAIN” or 2 = “TOO LOW GEAR” Mode 5 Caution Alert MODE_5_CAUTION 1 = “GLIDESLOPE” Mode 6 High Impedance Volume Level MODE_6_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ integer in the range 0 .. 255 VOLUME_LEVEL ( min = 0, max = 255) Mode 6 Low Impedance Volume Level MODE_6_LOW_IMPEDANCE_ VOLUME_LEVEL integer in the range 0 .. 255 ( min = 0, max = 255) Mode 6 Volume Level Enable -- Altitude Callouts MODE_6_VOLUME_LEVEL_ ENABLE_ALTITUDE_ CALLOUTS Enable -- Altitude Callouts annunciated at the Mode 6 Volume Level. Disable -- Altitude Callouts annunciated at the High Impedance or Low Impedance Normal Volume Levels. Mode 6 Volume Level Enable -- Bank Angle Callouts MODE_6_VOLUME_LEVEL_ ENABLE_BANK_ANGLE_ CALLOUTS Enable -- Bank Angle Callouts annunciated at the Mode 6 Volume Level. Disable -- Bank Angle Callouts annunciated at the High Impedance or Low Impedance Normal Volume Levels. Mode 6 Volume Level Enable -- Minimum Callouts MODE_6_VOLUME_LEVEL_ ENABLE_MINIMUM_ CALLOUTS Enable -- Minimums Callouts annunciated at the Mode 6 Volume Level. Disable -- Minimums Callouts annunciated at the High Impedance or Low Impedance Normal Volume Levels. 34-43-20 4--59 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--8. Operator Selectable Options -- Default Settings(cont) Operator Selectable Options 4--60 15 Feb 2003 Data Parameter Selectable Option Mode 6 Volume Level Enable -- Mode 5 Callout MODE_6_VOLUME_LEVEL_ ENABLE_MODE_5_CALLOUT Enable -- Mode 5 Callouts annunciated at the Mode 6 Volume Level. Disable -- Mode 5 Callouts annunciated at the High Impedance or Low Impedance Normal Volume Levels. QFE Enable QFE_ENABLE Enable -- Indicates QFE altitude correction is enabled. Disable -- QNH altitude correction is used. Store GCAM Parameters Enable STORE_GCAM_ PARAMETERS Enable -- Records additional GCAM parameters when an Event occurs, for added diagnostic ability of GCAM parameters. Disable -- Records standard set of GCAM Data. GCAM Event data is stored for every event, independent of this setting. Store GFM Parameters Enable STORE_GFM_PARAMETERS Enable -- Records additional GFM parameters when an Event occurs, for added diagnostic ability of Platform parameters. Disable -- Records standard set of GFM Data. TAWS Caution Flash Enable TAWS_CAUTION_FLASH_ ENABLE Enable -- Caution lamp flashing for the duration of the TAWS Caution Event. Disable -- Caution lamp solid for the duration of the TAWS Caution Event. TAWS Warning Flash Enable TAWS_WARNING_FLASH_ ENABLE Enable -- Warning lamp flashing for the duration of the TAWS Warning Event. Disable -- Warning lamp solid for the duration of the TAWS Warning Event 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--8. Operator Selectable Options -- Default Settings(cont) Operator Selectable Options Data Parameter Selectable Option Terrain Alert Audio Suppression Enable TERRAIN_ALERT_AUDIO_ SUPPRESSION_ENABLE Enable -- Allows Terrain Alert (CPA or GPWS) audio alerts to be suppressed by the flight crew after one cycle. Disable -- Prohibits flight crew from suppressing Terrain audio alerts. Windshear Caution Flash Enable WINDSHEAR_CAUTION_ FLASH_ENABLE Enable -- Caution lamp flashing for the duration of the Windshear Caution Event. Disable -- Caution lamp solid for the duration of the Windshear Caution Event Windshear Warning Alert WINDSHEAR_WARNING_ AURAL 1 = “WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR” 2 = “Siren, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR” Windshear Warning Audio Suppression Enable WINDSHEAR_WARNING_ AUDIO_SUPPRESSION_ ENABLE Enable -- Allows Windshear Alert audio alerts to be suppressed by the flight crew after one cycle. Disable -- Prohibits flight crew from suppressing Windshear audio alerts. Windshear Warning Flash Enable WINDSHEAR_WARNING_ FLASH_ENABLE Enable -- Warning lamp flashing for the duration of the Windshear Warning Event. Disable -- Warning lamp solid for the duration of the Windshear Warning Event Aural Alert Prioritization Input 1 Enable AURAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_1_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Aural alerts that are of lesser priority than Aural Alert Priority 1. Disable -- Lesser priority aural alerts Not inhibited. 34-43-20 4--61 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--8. Operator Selectable Options -- Default Settings(cont) Operator Selectable Options Data Parameter Selectable Option Visual Alert Prioritization Input 1 Enable VISUAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_1_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Visual alerts that are of lesser priority than Visual Alert Priority 1. Disable -- Lesser priority Visual alerts Not inhibited. Aural Alert Prioritization Input 2 Enable AURAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_2_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Aural alerts that are of lesser priority than Aural Alert Priority 2. Disable -- Lesser priority aural alerts Not inhibited. Visual Alert Prioritization Input 2 Enable VISUAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_2_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Visual alerts that are of lesser priority than Visual Alert Priority 2. Disable -- Lesser priority Visual alerts Not inhibited. Aural Alert Prioritization Input 3 Enable AURAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_3_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Aural alerts that are of lesser priority than Aural Alert Priority 3. Disable -- Lesser priority aural alerts Not inhibited. Visual Alert Prioritization Input 3 Enable VISUAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_3_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Visual alerts that are of lesser priority than Visual Alert Priority 3. Disable -- Lesser priority Visual alerts Not inhibited. 4--62 15 Feb 2003 Aural Alert Prioritization Input 4 Enable AURAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_4_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Aural alerts that are of lesser priority than Aural Alert Priority 4. Disable -- Lesser priority aural alerts Not inhibited. Visual Alert Prioritization Input 4 Enable VISUAL_ALERT_ PRIORITIZATION_INPUT_4_ ENABLE Enable -- Inhibits Visual alerts that are of lesser priority than Visual Alert Priority 4. Disable -- Lesser priority Visual alerts Not inhibited. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 C. APM/ASDB Configurable Pinout and Pin Description (1) Programmable Analog Input Pins T2CAS contains generic analog inputs which are used to input a variety of dynamically assigned analog signals. Most inputs channels can accept a number of different signal types and are individually selectable by the APM through the ASDB database. The analog signals addressed in this section are APM/ASDB programmable inputs as shown in Table 4--9. As new Aircraft configurations/ASDBs are defined, the analog signals will be assigned to a particular input per Appendix n (’n’ denotes an Appendix assigned as new Aircraft Configurations are defined). The statically assigned analog signal definitions are addressed in the “TAWS/RWS Pinout and Pin Descriptions (Non--Configurable)” Section. Table 4--9. APM/ASDB Programmable Analog Inputs Analog Signal Definition Pin # Notes 3W Synchro(X) #1 RTP--3J 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #1 RTP--4K 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #1 RTP--3K 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(X) #2 RTP--4A 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #2 RTP--4C 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #2 RTP--4B 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(X) #3 RTP--4D 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #3 RTP--4F 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #3 RTP--4E 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(X) #4 RTP--4G 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #4 RTP--4J 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #4 RTP--4H 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(X) #5 RTP--5A 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #5 RTP--5C 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #5 RTP--5B 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 34-43-20 4--63 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--9. APM/ASDB Programmable Analog Inputs(cont) Analog Signal Definition 4--64 15 Feb 2003 Pin # Notes 3W Synchro(X) #6 RTP--5D 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #6 RTP--5F 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #6 RTP--5E 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(X) #7 RTP--5G 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #7 RTP--5J 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #7 RTP--5H 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(X) #8 RTP--6A 3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #8 RTP--6C 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #8 RTP--6B 2/3W Syncro Input, multiplexed with A429 receivers 3W Synchro(X) #9 RTP--6D 3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #9 RTP--6F 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #9 RTP--6E 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(X) #10 RTP--6G 3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #10 RTP--6J 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #10 RTP--6H 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(X) #11 RTP--7A 3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #11 RTP--7C 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #11 RTP--7B 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(X) #12 RTP--7D 3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #12 RTP--7F 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #12 RTP--7E 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(X) #13 RTP--7G 2W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #13 RTP--7J 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #13 RTP--7H 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(X) #14 RTP--5K 3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Y) or 2W(+) #14 RTP--7K 2/3W Syncro Input 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) #14 RTP--6K 2/3W Syncro Input 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--9. APM/ASDB Programmable Analog Inputs(cont) Analog Signal Definition Pin # Notes 2W dc Input #1 (+) RTP--9A 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #1 (--) RTP--9B 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #2 (+) RTP--9G 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #2 (--) RTP--9H 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #3 (+) RMP--2B 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #3 (--) RMP--2C 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #4 (+) RMP--3J 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #4 (--) RMP--3K 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #5 (+) RMP--4A 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #5 (--) RMP--4B 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #6 (+) RMP--4C 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #6 (--) RMP--4E 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #7 (+) RMP--4F 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #7 (--) RMP--4G 2W dc Input 2W ac/dc Input #8 (+) RMP--5A 2W ac/dc Input 2W ac/dc Input #8 (--) RMP--5B 2W ac/dc Input 2W ac/dc Input #9 (+) RMP--5C 2W ac/dc Input 2W ac/dc Input #9 (--) RMP--5D 2W ac/dc Input 2W dc Input #10 (+) RMP--10E 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #10 (--) RMP--10F 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #11 (+) RMP--11E 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #11 (--) RMP--11F 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #12 (+) RMP--11G 2W dc Input 2W dc Input #12 (--) RMP--11H 2W dc Input 2W dc / ac Reference Input #13 (+) RMP--11J 2W dc / ac reference Input 2W dc / ac Reference Input #13 (--) RMP--11K 2W dc / ac reference Input 2W dc / ac Reference Input #14 (+) RMP--15A 2W dc / ac reference Input 2W dc / ac Reference Input #14 (--) RMP--15B 2W dc / ac reference Input 2W dc / ac Reference Input #15 (+) RMP--15C 2W dc / ac reference Input 2W dc / ac Reference Input #15 (--) RMP--15D 2W dc / ac reference Input 34-43-20 4--65 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--9. APM/ASDB Programmable Analog Inputs(cont) Analog Signal Definition Pin # Notes 2W dc / ac Reference Input #16 (+) RMP--15E 2W dc / ac reference Input 2W dc / ac Reference Input #16 (--) RMP--15F 2W dc / ac reference Input 2W ac / dc / ac Ref Input #17 (+) RBP--1A 2W ac/dc / ac reference Input 2W ac / dc / ac Ref Input #17 (--) RBP--1B 2W ac/dc / ac reference Input 2W ac / dc / ac Ref Input #18 (+) RBP--1C 2W ac/dc / ac reference Input 2W ac / dc / ac Ref Input #18 (--) RBP--1D 2W ac/dc / ac reference Input ac 400Hz Reference #1 (H) RMP--4H 2W ac reference Input ac 400Hz Reference #1 (C) RMP--4J 2W ac reference Input ac 400Hz Reference #2 (H) RMP--5H 2W ac reference Input ac 400Hz Reference #2 (C) RMP--5J 2W ac reference Input (a) Analog Input Type Definitions/Tolerances The analog input types accept signals with input voltage ranges as defined in Table 4--10. Table 4--11 list the input impedance ranges for the accepted analog input types. Table 4--10. Analog Input Voltage Ranges Common mode voltage on each pin (Volts, peak) Differential voltage between 2 pins (Volts, peak) (NOTE) Analog 3W/2W multiplexed with A429 receivers --22.0V to +22.0 V --22.0V to +22.0 V Analog 3W/2W non--multiplexed --50.0V to +50.0 V --50.0V to +50.0 V Analog 2W ac/dc --50.0V to +50.0 V --50.0V to +50.0 V Analog 2W dc --50.0V to +50.0 V --50.0V to +50.0 V Analog 2W dc/Ref --50.0V to +50.0 V --50.0V to +50.0 V Analog 2W ac/dc/Ref --50.0V to +50.0 V --50.0V to +50.0 V Analog Input Type NOTE: 4--66 15 Feb 2003 For 3 Wire inputs, the differential voltage requirement applies to the voltage between the XZ and YZ legs. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--11. Analog Input Impedance Impedance relative to ground Impedance between 2 pins (NOTE) > 9k Ohms > 9k Ohms > 95k Ohms (X, Y) > 47k Ohms (Z) > 500k Ohms Analog 2W ac/dc > 95k Ohms > 500k Ohms Analog 2W dc > 95k Ohms > 500k Ohms Analog 2W dc/Ref > 95K Ohms > 500K Ohms Analog 2W ac/dc/Ref > 95K Ohms > 500K Ohms Analog Input Type Analog 3W/2W multiplexed with A429 receivers Analog 3W/2W non--multiplexed NOTE: For 3 Wire inputs, the differential impedance requirement applies to the impedance between the XZ and YZ legs. (b) 3W AC Synchro Signal Type Processing The 3W ac synchro input signal consists of a 3 wire synchro which is excited by a 400 Hz (nominal) AC reference input. The amplitude of the X, Y and Z inputs and the phase relative to the AC reference determines the angle. The 3W ac synchro inputs accept ARINC 407 syncro signals. T2CAS accepts the 400 Hz ac reference signals on the specified programmable pins as defined in Table 4--12. NOTE: The reference is used to synchronously detect 400 Hz ac signals. Table 4--12. 3W Synchro AC References 400Hz AC Reference Signal Type Pin Assignment a. Internal self--generated ac reference N/A b. ac synchro Reference #1 RMP--4H (H), RMP--4J (C) c. ac synchro Reference #2 RMP--5H (H), RMP--5J (C) d. Analog 2W dc / ac Reference Input #13 RMP--11J (+), RMP--11K (--) e. Analog 2W dc / ac Reference Input #14 RMP--15A (+), RMP--15B (--) f. Analog 2W dc / ac Reference Input #15 RMP--15C (+), RMP--15D (--) g. Analog 2W dc / ac Reference Input #16 RMP--15E (+), RMP--15F (--) h. Analog 2W ac / dc / ac Reference Input #17 RBP--1A (+), RBP--1B (--) j. Analog 2W ac / dc / ac Reference Input #18 RBP--1C (+), RBP--1D (--) 34-43-20 4--67 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (c) 2W DC Signal Processing The 2W dc Inputs input signal consists of a 2 Wire dc input signal that is connected to the Y and Z leg of the input circuit. The X leg is not connected to external circuitry in this configuration. (2) Programmable Digital Input/Output Pins This section defines the physical characteristics of each Digital signal type supported by the T2CAS TAWS/RWS function. The T2CAS supports the following Digital signals: ARINC 429, ARINC 453, Ethernet 10 Base--T and RS--422. The Digital signals addressed in this section are APM/ASDB programmable input and output signals as shown in Table 4--13 and Table 4--14 respectfully. As new Aircraft configurations/ASDBs are defined, the Digital signals will be assigned to a particular input/output per Appendix n (’n’ denotes Appendix’ that are created as new Aircraft Configurations are defined). The statically assigned Digital signal definitions are addressed in the “TAWS/RWS Pinout and Pin Descriptions (Non--Configurable)” Section. Table 4--13. APM/ASDB Programmable Digital Inputs Digital Signal Definition 4--68 15 Feb 2003 Pin # Notes ARINC 429 Input #1 (A) RTP--1C A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #1 (B) RTP--1D A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #2 (A) RTP--1G A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #2 (B) RTP--1H A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #3 (A) RTP--1J A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #3 (B) RTP--1K A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #4 (A) RTP--2E A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #4 (B) RTP--2F A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #5 (A) RTP--3A A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #5 (B) RTP--3B A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #6 (A) RTP--3C A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #6 (B) RTP--3D A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #7 (A) RTP--3E A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #7 (B) RTP--3F A429 Input H/L ARINC 429 Input #8 (A) RTP--3G multiplexed with RS--422 and GPS Time Mark Inputs ARINC 429 Input #8 (B) RTP--3H multiplexed with RS--422 and GPS Time Mark Inputs 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--13. APM/ASDB Programmable Digital Inputs(cont) Digital Signal Definition Pin # Notes ARINC 429 Input #9 (A) RTP--3J multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #9 (B) RTP--3K multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) ARINC 429 Input #10 (A) RTP--4A multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #10 (B) RTP--4B multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) ARINC 429 Input #11 (A) RTP--4D multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #11 (B) RTP--4E multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) ARINC 429 Input #12 (A) RTP--4G multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #12 (B) RTP--4H multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) ARINC 429 Input #13 (A) RTP--5A multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #13 (B) RTP--5B multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) ARINC 429 Input #14 (A) RTP--5D multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #14 (B) RTP--5E multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) ARINC 429 Input #15 (A) RTP--5G multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #15 (B) RTP--5H multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) ARINC 429 Input #16 (A) RTP--6A multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(X) ARINC 429 Input #16 (B) RTP--6B multiplexed with Analog 3W Synchro(Z) or 2W(--) RS--422 Input (H) RTP--3G multiplexed with A429 and GPS Time Mark Inputs RS--422 Input (L) RTP--3H multiplexed with A429 and GPS Time Mark Inputs Ethernet LAN #1 RX (+) RTP--2C Ethernet 10 Base--T Ethernet LAN #1 RX (--) RTP--2D Ethernet 10 Base--T Ethernet LAN #2 RX (+) RTP--2J Ethernet 10 Base--T Ethernet LAN #2 RX (--) RTP--2K Ethernet 10 Base--T Table 4--14. APM/ASDB Programmable Digital Outputs Digital Signal Definition Pin # Notes ARINC 429 Output #1 (A) RTP--8A A429 Output H/L ARINC 429 Output #1 (B) RTP--8B A429 Output H/L ARINC 429 Output #2 (A) RTP--8E A429 Output H/L ARINC 429 Output #2 (B) RTP--8F A429 Output H/L 34-43-20 4--69 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--14. APM/ASDB Programmable Digital Outputs(cont) Digital Signal Definition Pin # Notes RS--422 Output (H) RTP--8C RS--422 Output RS--422 Output (L) RTP--8D RS--422 Output Ethernet LAN #1 TX (+) RTP--2A Ethernet 10 Base--T Ethernet LAN #1 TX (--) RTP--2B Ethernet 10 Base--T Ethernet LAN #2 TX (+) RTP--2G Ethernet 10 Base--T Ethernet LAN #2 TX (--) RTP--2H Ethernet 10 Base--T (a) ARINC 429 Signals The T2CAS TAWS/RWS Circuit Card supports up to 18 ARINC 429 receivers, 16 of which are APM/ASDB programmable (as shown in Table 4--13). Additionally, 4 ARINC 429 transmitters are supported, 2 of which are APM/ASDB programmable (as shown in Table 4--14). The ARINC 429 definition for the Source Destination Identifier Bits are shown in Table 4--15. Table 4--15. Source Destination Identifier (SDI) BITS Meaning 10 All--Call Installation #1 Installation #2 Installation #3 The ARINC 429 Sign Status Matrix Bit definitions for Binary data and Binary Coded Decimal data are shown in Table 4--16 and Table 4--17 respectfully. Table 4--16. Sign Status Matrix (SSM) [BNR] BITS 4--70 15 Feb 2003 Meaning 30 31 Failure Warning No Computed Data Functional Test Normal Operation 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--17. Sign Status Matrix (SSM) [BCD] BITS Meaning 30 31 North/Plus No Computed Data Functional Test Undefined ARINC 429 inputs are classified as one of the following: high speed (H), low speed (L) or either (H/L). The A429 receivers are capable of receiving high or low speed data through APM configuration. The ports are designated H or L if they are designated for a function with a known bus speed, otherwise H/L is assigned (there is no hardware difference between the H, L or H/L ports). ARINC 429 outputs are also classified as either high speed (H), low speed (L) or selectable (H/L). A429 outputs designated as H/L speed are capable of operating in either high or low speed modes, selectable by the APM through the ASDB database. (b) Ethernet 10 Base--T Signals Ethernet 10 Base--T is specified in IEEE Standard 802.3 Ethernet 10 Base--T provides communication at a data rate of 10 MBPS over two pairs of wires, where one twisted pair is used to receive data and the other twisted pair is used to transmit data. Segments of approximately 100 meters in length can be constructed when twisted pair wire that meets the EIA/TIA Category 3 wire specifications is used. (c) RS--422 Signals The TAWS/RWS card has an RS--422 Input bus which is multiplexed on the same pins as an ARINC 429 Input bus. The RS--422 Input Bus meets the electrical requirements in EIA/TIA--422--B. The RS--422 Input Bus has an input impedance on each pin relative to ground of ≥ 9k Ohms and a differential input impedance between + and -- pins of ≥ 9k Ohms. NOTE: This is due to the fact the input is multiplexed with an ARINC 429 Receiver. The RS--422 Output Bus has an output impedance of 75 ± 5 Ohms distributed equally between the + and -- outputs. (d) GPS Time Mark The GPS Time Mark Input accepts RS--422 GPS Time Mark signals from an ARINC--743A GPS. 34-43-20 4--71 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The GPS Time Mark Output is used to provide an accurate timing reference for GPS signals. The output has a differential RS--422 signal format. (3) Programmable Discrete Input/Output Pins The Discrete signals addressed in this section are APM/ASDB programmable input and output signals as shown in Table 4--18 and Table 4--19 respectfully. As new Aircraft configurations/ASDBs are defined, the Discrete signals will be assigned to a particular input/output per Appendix n (’n’ denotes Appendix’ that are created as new Aircraft Configurations are defined). Table 4--18. APM/ASDB Programmable Discrete Inputs Digital Signal Definition 4--72 15 Feb 2003 Pin # Notes Ground Discrete Input #1 RTP--9J GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #2 RTP--9K GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #3 RTP--10A GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #4 RTP--10B GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #5 RTP--10C GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #6 RTP--10D GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #7 RTP--10E GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #8 RTP--10F GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #9 RTP--10G GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #10 RTP--10H GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #11 RTP--10J GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #12 RTP--10K GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #13 RTP--11A GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #14 RTP--11B GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #15 RTP--11C GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #16 RTP--11D GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #17 RTP--11E GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #18 RTP--11F GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #19 RTP--11G GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #20 RTP--11H GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #21 RTP--11J GND Disc Input Ground Discrete Input #22 RTP--11K GND Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #1 RTP--12A +28 Vdc Disc Input 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--18. APM/ASDB Programmable Discrete Inputs(cont) Digital Signal Definition Pin # Notes +28 Vdc Discrete Input #2 RTP--12B +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #3 RTP--12C +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #4 RTP--12D +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #5 RTP--12E +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #6 RTP--12F +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #7 RTP--12G +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #8 RTP--12H +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #9 RTP--12J +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #10 RTP--12K +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #11 RTP--13A +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #12 RMP--4K +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #13 RMP--6C +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #14 RBP--2A +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #15 RBP--2B +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #16 RBP--2C +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #17 RBP--2D +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #18 RBP--2E +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #19 RBP--2F +28 Vdc Disc Input +28 Vdc Discrete Input #20 RBP--2G +28 Vdc Disc Input Table 4--19. APM/ASDB Programmable Discrete Outputs Digital Signal Definition Pin # Notes Ground Discrete Output #1 RTP--13B GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #2 RTP--13C GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #3 RTP--13D GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #4 RTP--13E GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #5 RTP--13F GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #6 RTP--13G GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #7 RTP--13H GND Disc Output 500mA 34-43-20 4--73 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--19. APM/ASDB Programmable Discrete Outputs(cont) Digital Signal Definition Pin # Notes Ground Discrete Output #8 RTP--13J GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #9 RTP--13K GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Output #10 RTP--14A GND Disc Output 500mA Ground Discrete Monitor Output #1 RTP--14B GND Disc Monitor 500mA Ground Discrete Monitor Output #2 RTP--14C GND Disc Monitor 250mA Ground Discrete Monitor Output #3 RTP--14D GND Disc Monitor 250mA (a) Discrete Input Ground/Open T2CAS provides ground/open discrete inputs for aircraft level discrete interfaces. The GROUND and OPEN logic states are determined as follows: GROUND ≤ 3.5 Vdc at the input OR a resistance of less than 10 Ohms to ground. OPEN ≥ 14.0 Vdc at the input OR a resistance of greater than 100k Ohms to ground. The discrete inputs source 1.0 ± 0.25 ma of current when the input is grounded and has diode isolation circuitry to prevent the inputs from being loaded to ground when power is removed from the T2CAS. NOTE: When an input goes to a discrete on both TCAS and TAWS/RWS, the input current is twice the specification for a single discrete. (b) Discrete Input +28 Vdc/Open T2CAS provides +28 Vdc/open discrete inputs for aircraft level discrete interfaces. The +28 Vdc and OPEN logic states are determined per the following: +28 Vdc ≥14.0 Vdc at the input. OPEN ≤ 3.5 Vdc at the input OR a resistance of greater than 100k Ohms to the positive voltage source. The discrete inputs sink 1.0 ± 0.25 mA of current when a +27.5 Vdc input and has diode isolation circuitry is applied to prevent the inputs from being loaded to ground when power is removed from the T2CAS. NOTE: 4--74 15 Feb 2003 When an input goes to a discrete on both TCAS and TAWS/RWS, the input current is twice the specification for a single discrete. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (c) Discrete Output Ground/Open 500 mA The discrete outputs listed in this section pertain to ground/open discrete outputs for the TAWS/RWS function. The discrete output in the GROUND logic state has an output voltage of ≤3.0 Vdc when sinking 500 mA of current and an output voltage of ≤ 1.5 Vdc when sinking 100 mA of current. The discrete output in the OPEN logic state has an output impedance of ≥ 2.4M Ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of 0.0 to +33.0 Vdc and ≥100k Ohms to ground for voltages applied to the output of +33.0 to +36.0 Vdc. The discrete output circuitry contains a monitor which detects if an over--current condition has occurred and is able to withstand a direct short to +28 Vdc for an indefinite period of time. Additionally, the discrete output circuitry contains a monitor which detects if the output voltage is incorrect for the driven state of the discrete output. D. TAWS/RWS Input Data Signals The T2CAS TAWS/RWS functions requires a minimum set of data that is needed to perform within the standard specifications (detailed in RTCA DO--161A [GPWS], TSO--C151a [TAWS] and TSO--C117a [RWS] ). This section contains the minimum set of TAWS/RWS data signals and the information/guidelines that is needed by the installer to obtain the correct analog or digital signal on a specific aircraft. Since the TAWS/RWS I/O function is very flexible, the installer must keep in mind that the data signal sources listed in this section are typical for the specified signal and that the I/O function can be modified via the ASDB to accommodate other non--typical signal sources. The information in this section will include External Sensor Input accuracies for specific inputs to T2CAS GCAM function. These External Sensor accuracies must be met for the specified inputs in order for the T2CAS to perform the TAWS/RWS functions. Inputs to T2CAS GCAM function consists of errors due to the external system sensor plus measurement errors within the T2CAS LRU. In addition, for analog inputs the internal T2CAS errors due to the hardware circuit are also considered. (1) Vertical Speed (Digital/Analog) The TAWS/RWS Vertical Speed parameter is updated from an Inertial, GPS or Air Data Computer source. The IRS/GPS source can be any one of the following : ADIRS, GPIRS, IRS, AHRS, GPS and ADC. NOTE: When Vertical Speed is unavailable from an IRS or GPS source, the alternate variable Baro Altitude Rate will be used from an ADC source. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted is 68 ft/min when GPS is the source or 30 ft/min when IRS, ADIRS, AHRS or ADC (alternate Baro Altitude Rate variable) is the source. 34-43-20 4--75 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (a) Digital Input T2CAS accepts ARINC 429 Vertical Speed inputs from Inertial Systems, GPS Systems and Digital Air Data Systems (DADC). IRS systems supported: ARINC 705 Attitude Reference and Heading System (AHRS), ARINC 738 Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), and other non--ARINC standard interfaces. GPS systems supported: ARINC 743 or ARINC 743A. DADC systems supported: ARINC 706 Air Data Computer (ADC), ARINC 738 Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS) and other non--ARINC standard interfaces. (b) Analog Input The electrical pin connection for the analog Altitude Rate is listed under Table 4--6 of the TAWS/RWS Non--Conigurable Pinout and Pin Description section. T2CAS can also process ARINC 575/595 analog DC Altitude Rate inputs. The DC altitude rate input consists of a positive and negative reference voltage (nominally +12.0 Vdc) and a signal input which can range between the positive and negative reference input. (2) Ground Speed The T2CAS Digital Ground Speed input parameter is updated from a GPS, Flight Management Systems or Inertial source. GPS/FMS would be the primary source, an Inertial source would only be used in the short--term during GPS drop--outs. GPS system supported: ARINC 743/743A. FMC system supported: ARINC 702 Flight Management System and other non--ARINC standard interface. Inertial systems supported: ARINC 704 Inertial Reference System (IRS), ARINC 705 Attitude Reference and Heading System (AHRS), ARINC 738 Air Data Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), ARINC 743A GPS and other non--ARINC standard interfaces. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Ground Speed is 2 Kts from a primary source (GPS/FMS) and 12 Kts from a secondary (Inertial) source. (3) True Track Angle The T2CAS Digital True Track Angle input parameter is updated from a GPS, Flight Management Systems or Inertial source. GPS/FMS would be the primary source, an Inertial source would only be used in the short--term during GPS drop--outs. 4--76 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Inertial systems supported: ARINC 704 IRS, ARINC 705 AHRS, ARINC 738 ADIRS, and other non--ARINC standard interface. GPS system supported: ARINC 743/743A. FMC system supported: ARINC 702 Flight Management System and other non--ARINC standard interface. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for True Track Angle is 1 Degree from a primary source (GPS/FMS) and 5 Degrees from a secondary (Inertial) source. (4) Radio Altitude (Digital/Analog) T2CAS accepts up to 3 analog Radio Altitude inputs or 3 Digital ARINC 429 Radio Altitude inputs. Digital Radio Altitude Inputs 1 and 2 are shared with the TCAS function. The external LRUs/External Sensors providing the data parameters must provide an input to the T2CAS that is within the range of ±3 ft. or 4% from 0 to 500 ft. and 5% when above 500 ft. The electrical pin connections for the Digital/Analog Radio Altitude is listed under Table 4--6 of the TAWS/RWS Non--Configurable Pinout and Pin Description section. (a) Digital Input The Table below shows the ARINC 429 digital interface characteristics for the ARINC 707 radio altimeter system. Two of the ARINC 429 input busses (RADIO_ALTITUDE_1 and RADIO_ALTITUDE_2) are shared with the TCAS ARINC 429 Radio Altitude Inputs. The TAWS input circuitry is independent from TCAS. Radio Altitude 429 Label: 164 (Octal) Units: Feet Max Range: ±8,192 Feet Appox. LSB: 0.125 Data Bits: 16 13(lsb) -- 28(msb) Sign Bit: 29 Transmit Interval: 25--50ms Data Type: Two’s Complement Binary Pad Bits: 11, 12 0 = Up, 1 = Down (b) Analog Input The Analog Radio Altitude inputs are compatible with an ARINC 552 Radio Altimeter system and may have a number of different input formats as defined for specific aircraft requirements. The external connector pins for Analog Radio Altitude Inputs #1 and #2 are shared by TCAS and TAWS/RWS, both have independent circuitry. 34-43-20 4--77 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The following common mode and differential mode inputs signals are accepted by the T2CAS with the voltage ranges defined: • (+) input common mode range --5.0 to +40.0 Vdc • (--) input common mode range --2.5 to +2.5 Vdc • Differential (+ to --) range --2.5 to +37.5 Vdc NOTE: The maximum radio altitude input currently used in TCAS is +37.5 Vdc for a metric system. The common mode ranges allow for a ±2.5 Vdc ground voltage differential. The minimum input impedance on each pin is 95k Ohms relative to ground. The minimum input impedance for inputs which are connected to both TCAS and TAWS/RWS will be one half the minimum number listed. (5) Flight Path Angle The T2CAS Digital Flight Path Angle input parameter is updated from an Inertial, Flight Management or GPS source. Inertial systems supported: ARINC 704 IRS, ARINC 705 AHRS, ARINC 738 ADIRS, and other non--ARINC standard interface. FMC system supported: ARINC 702 Flight Management System and other non--ARINC standard interface. GPS system supported: ARINC 743/743A. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Flight Path Angle is 0.3 Degrees. (6) Current Aircraft Weight The T2CAS updates the Current Aircraft Weight from either an FMS or a Weight and Balance System source. FMC system supported: ARINC 702 Flight Management System and other non--ARINC standard interface. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Current Aircraft Weight is 220 lbs. with 95% confidence. (7) Aircraft Position Latitude/Longitude The T2CAS Aircraft Position input parameter is updated from a GPS or FMS source. The GPS source can be any one of the following: GPIRS or GPS. In addition, an IRS source can be used, but only for short periods of time during GPS or FMS drop--outs GPS system supported: ARINC 743/743A. 4--78 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 FMC system supported: ARINC 702 Flight Management System and other non--ARINC standard interface. The minimum External Sensor input accuracies accepted for Aircraft Position are: • Phase I (Take Off) 1 nmi • Phase II (Outside Terminal or final area) 2 nmi • Phase III (Terminal area) 1 nmi • Phase IV (Final area) 0.5 nmi (8) Aircraft Altitude The T2CAS Aircraft Altitude input parameter is updated from an ADC or GPS source. The T2CAS uses (but is not limited to) the following altitude types: Corrected Barometric Altitude, GPS Altitude -- MSL and Uncorrected Barometric Altitude. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Aircraft Altitude is 95 feet with 95% confidence. (9) Navigation Accuracy When using GPS or FMS data for aircraft position determination, the T2CAS uses the available GPS or FMS signals to determine accuracy of the Position information.. (a) GPS For a GPS source, the minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted is 100m (333 feet) for an HDOP (Horizontal Dilution of Position) of 1.5 with S/A on. (b) FMS The T2CAS determines the Navigation Accuracy parameter by using the RNP data value if a valid RNP data is received AND a valid FMS Discrete Word is received with the Nav Mode set to ”High Accuracy”. For FMS Discrete Word -- Type 2, bit 15 indicates high or low navigation accuracy and is set independently of the navigation mode, bits 16 -- 18. The FMS sets bit 15 (high accuracy) if the estimated error of the FMS position is less than the phase of flight position accuracy tolerance listed in Table 4--20. Otherwise the FMS resets bit 15 (low accuracy). Table 4--20. Navigation Accuracy Phase of Flight Accuracy Tolerance Approach 0.5 nm Terminal 0.5 nm Enroute FMS not in Degrade Oceanic FMS not in Degrade 34-43-20 4--79 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (10) Static Air Temperature The T2CAS Static Air Temperature parameter is updated from a Digital ADC or FMS source. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Static Air Temperature is 4.5 Degrees C, with 95% confidence. (11) Roll Angle The T2CAS Roll Angle parameter is updated from an Inertial Reference source (GPIRS, ADIRS, IRS and AHRS). For a T2CAS TAWS only system, the minimum External Sensor input accuracy for Roll Angle is 2 Degrees with 95% confidence. For T2CAS equipped with Windshear, the minimum External Sensor input accuracy Roll Angle is 0.5 Degrees with 95% confidence. (12) Computed Airspeed The T2CAS Computed Airspeed input parameter is updated from an Air Data Computer source. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Computed Airspeed is as follows (with 95% confidence): • 5 kts @ 60 kts • 2 kts @ 100 kts • 2 kts @ 200 kts • 4 kts @ 450 kts (13) Selected Runway Heading The T2CAS Selected Runway Heading input parameter is updated using either Selected Runway Heading data OR Selected Course from one of the following LRU data sources: ILS, MCP or FMS. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Selected Runway Heading is 2 Degrees. (14) Glideslope Deviation (Digital/Analog) The T2CAS Glideslope Deviation input parameter is updated using either Glideslope Deviation data or MLS Elevation Deviation from one of the following LRU data sources: ILS, FMS, DFS, MLS or GPS. 4--80 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The minimum External Sensor input accuracies accepted for Glideslope Deviation are as follows: • 0.00455 for ddm < 0.0455 • 10% for ddm < 0.175 • non--decreasing for ddm < 0.800 (a) Analog ILS Input The glideslope deviation input signal is defined in ARINC 547 and ARINC 578--4. This input accepts signals which have a common mode voltages of --5.0 V to +5.0 V, a differential voltages between pins of --2.5 V to +2.5 V and an input impedance relative to ground of greater than 1M Ohm on each pin. NOTE: The common mode ranges allow for a ±2.5 V ground voltage differential. NOTE: ARINC 547 ILS receivers have current mode outputs which drive 5 meter movements in parallel, each with 1k Ohm impedance. The ILS is calibrated to output the correct current into 5 -- 1k Ohm loads in parallel. Any additional impedance added to the circuit will cause an error in the output. A 1M Ohm input impedance will induce a 0.02% error. Newer ARINC 578 ILS receivers have voltage mode outputs which are immune to load variations. (15) Localizer Deviation (Digital/Analog) The T2CAS Localizer Deviation input parameter is updated using either Localizer Deviation data OR MLS Azimuth Deviation from the following LRU data sources: ILS, FMS, DFS and MLS. The minimum External Sensor input accuracies accepted for Localizer Deviation are as follows: • 0.00465 for ddm < 0.0465 • 10% for ddm < 0.155 • 20% for ddm < 0.310 • non--decreasing for ddm < 0.400 (a) Analog ILS Input See Glideslope Deviation Analog ILS Input (16) Selected Decision Height The T2CAS Selected Decision Height input parameter is updated using one of the following LRU data sources: EFIS, MCP or FMS. If the Decision Height is not available from one of the above LRU sources, the Decision Height will not be annunciated. 34-43-20 4--81 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Selected Decision Height is 1 foot. (17) Minimum Descent Altitude The T2CAS Minimum Descent Altitude input parameter is updated using one of the following LRU data sources: EFIS, MCP or FMS. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Minimum Descent Altitude is 1 foot. (18) Body Longitudinal Acceleration (Digital/Analog) The Body Longitudinal Acceleration input parameter is only used on installations where T2CAS is performing the RWS function. The T2CAS Body Longitudinal Acceleration input parameter is updated from one of the following Inertial Reference sources: ADIRS, IRS or AHRS. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Body Longitudinal Acceleration is 0.01 G with 95% confidence. (19) Body Normal Acceleration (Digital/Analog) The Body Normal Acceleration input parameter is only used on installations where T2CAS is performing the RWS function. The T2CAS Body Normal Acceleration input parameter is updated from one of the following Inertial Reference sources: ADIRS, IRS or AHRS. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted is 0.01 G with 95% confidence. (20) Pitch Angle The T2CAS Pitch Angle input parameter is updated from one of the following Inertial Reference sources: GPIRS, ADIRS, IRS or AHRS. For T2CAS equipped with Windshear, the minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Pitch Angle is 0.5 Degrees with 95% confidence. (21) Flap Angle The T2CAS Flap Angle input parameter is updated with valid Flap Angle data from one of the following LRUs: Flap Slat Electronic/Control Unit, Digital Stall Warning Computer (DSWC), Analog or Discrete. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Flap Angle is 2.0 Degrees with 95% confidence or the Discrete value setting. NOTE: 4--82 15 Feb 2003 Most aircraft types have discrete flap settings, where a range of angles or voltages map into discrete flap settings. For example, 747--1/2/3 has 7 flap settings with 40--50 degrees range per setting. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (22) Slat Angle The Slat Angle input parameter is only used on installations where T2CAS is performing the RWS function. Slat Angle data is updated from one of following LRU sources: Flap Slat Electronic/Control Unit, Digital Stall Warning Computer (DSWC), Analog or Discrete. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for Slat Angle is 2.0 Degrees with 95% confidence or the Discrete value setting. NOTE: Most aircraft types have discrete Slat settings, where a range of angles or voltages map into discrete Slat settings. For example, 747--1/2/3 has 7 slat settings with 40--50 degrees range per setting. (23) True Airspeed The True Airspeed input parameter is only used on installations where T2CAS is performing the RWS function. The T2CAS True Air Speed input parameter is updated from one of the following Air Data sources: ADIRS or ADC. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for True Airspeed is 4.0 kts with 95% confidence. (24) Angle of Attack (AOA) Left/Right The AOA input parameter is only used on installations where T2CAS is performing the RWS function. The T2CAS AOA input parameter is updated from a Digital Stall Warning Computer or a Analog Left/Right Angle of Attack Vane source. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for AOA is 0.6 degrees with 95% confidence. (25) Magnetic Heading The T2CAS Magnetic Heading input parameter is updated from one of the following Inertial Reference sources: ADIRS or IRS. 34-43-20 4--83 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (26) True Display Orientation Left The T2CAS updates the True Display Orientation Left data based on Table 4--21. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for True Display Orientation Left is the same as what is accepted for True Track Angle, True Heading or Magnetic Heading. Table 4--21. True Display Orientation Left If Map Mode Orientation Left indicates: Then True Display Orientation Left = Track Up True Track Angle Heading Up True Heading OR (Magnetic Heading -Magnetic Variation) North Up OR Other INVALID (27) True Display Orientation Right The T2CAS updates the True Display Orientation Right data based on Table 4--22. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted for True Display Orientation Left is the same as what is accepted for True Track Angle, True Heading or Magnetic Heading. Table 4--22. True Display Orientation Right If Map Mode Orientation Right indicates: Then True Display Orientation Right = Track Up True Track Angle Heading Up True Heading OR (Magnetic Heading -Magnetic Variation) North Up OR Other INVALID (28) Display Range Left/Right The T2CAS Display Range input parameter is updated from the EFIS Control Panel. The range selections are dependant on the type of Display installed. The minimum External Sensor input accuracy accepted is 1.0 nmi. 4--84 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 E. TAWS/RWS Discrete Inputs The specifics of the following discrete (e.g. ground/open, +28 Vdc/open, definition of open/ground states, etc.) are aircraft dependant and will be defined in the ASDB. (1) Landing Gear Down The Landing Gear Down input Discrete is used on installations where T2CAS is performing both the TAWS and RWS functions. This Discrete input is shared between the TCAS and TAWS functions with separate internal wiring. The T2CAS computer unit monitors this discrete to update the landing gear position. (2) Landing Flap The Landing Flap Discrete input is used for GPWS Mode 2, GPWS Mode 4 and Windshear Caution/Warning Calculations. This discrete indicates whether or not the Flaps are in the correct position for aircraft landing. (3) Terrain Inhibit When the Terrain Inhibit switch is engaged, all TAWS aural and visual alerts are inhibited. The Auto Pop--up feature, being based on these alerts, is suppressed as well. The terrain image, if selected for display, is removed and a ”TERRAIN INHIBITED” message is displayed. This inhibit feature is typically used to avoid nuisance alerts during operation around airports that are not in the terrain database, or during approach under VFR conditions at airports in close proximity to terrain features. The Terrain Inhibit must be manually de--selected. (4) Steep Approach The Steep Approach Discrete input enables Mode 1 Steep Approach alert biasing. This discrete is typically enabled by an Autopilot Flight Deck switch and is used to reduce nuisance alerts during aircraft steep approach landings. (5) Glideslope Inhibit The Glideslope Inhibit Discrete input is used to inhibit Mode 5 Glideslope alerting. This discrete would typically be enabled by a Flight Deck switch during back--course approaches (see ILS Back--Course). (6) Glideslope Cancel The Glideslope Cancel Discrete input is typically a Flight Deck switch that is used to cancel Glideslope alerting when an unreliable Glideslope is expected or when maneuvering is required during ILS final approach. 34-43-20 4--85 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (7) Decision Height /Minimum Descent Altitude Selection (DH/MDA) The DH/MDA Discrete input is used select either the Decision Height or Minimum Descent Altitude input. The selected DH or MDA is used to determine Altitude Call--Outs. (8) Below Decision Height The Below Decision Height Discrete input is to trigger Altitude Call--Outs. (9) Aircraft On Ground The Aircraft On Ground Discrete input is shared between the TCAS and TAWS functions with separate internal wiring. (10) ILS Back Course The ILS Back Course Discrete input is used to indicate that a back--course landing approach has been selected/detected. A back--course approach is a landing approach in which the localizer signal lobes have been reversed. Typically the back--course switch is selected on the Auto--Pilot control panel and will compensate for the reversal of the localizer radio beams. Additionally, when Back--Course is selected, the Glideslope radio beams become invalid )resulting in the Glideslope Inhibit discrete being set). (11) Altitude Callout Disable The Altitude Callout Disable Discrete input is used to disable all altitude call--outs. (12) Engine Out When set, the Engine Out discrete indicates that one or more aircraft engines is inoperative. The Engine Out data is used as part of the aircraft performance calculations during a TAWS or Windshear event. F. TAWS/RWS Digital Output Data (1) GCAM Event Data The T2CAS TAWS/Windshear events are caused by terrain and weather conditions. An event begins when a terrain or weather condition causes the T2CAS to declare a TAWS/Windshear caution or warning alert or when the aircraft telemetry causes a Bank Angle Callout. This data is set at each apparition of alert (caution or warning) and contains information about the triggering event. The T2CAS then transmits the GCAM Event Data over one of the programmable ARINC 429 output Buses in Table 4--14. Table 4--23 shows the GCAM Event Data Labels transmitted on the A429 output Bus. 4--86 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--23. A429 Output Bus GCAM Event Data Labels Label Number Data Name 100 Vertical speed 101 Ground speed 102 True Track Angle 103 Radio Altitude 104 Flight Path Angle 105 Current aircraft weight 106 Latitude 107 Longitude 110 Altitude 111 Navigation accuracy 112 Static Air temperature 113 Roll Angle 114 Computed Air Speed 115 Selected Runway Heading 116 Glide slope deviation 117 Localizer deviation 120 Body axis longitudinal acceleration 121 Body axis normal acceleration 122 Pitch angle 123 Flap angle 124 Slat angle 125 Baro Altitude Rate 126 True airspeed 127 Body Angle of attack left 130 Body Angle of attack right 131 True Display Orientation #1 132 True Display Orientation #2 133 Display Range #1 134 Display Range #2 34-43-20 4--87 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--23. A429 Output Bus GCAM Event Data Labels(cont) Label Number 270 (Discrete Data) Data Name Gear in Landing Flaps in Landing Terrain Inhibit GPWS Inhibit Steep approach Glideslope Inhibit Glideslope cancel DH/MDA Selection Below Decision Height ILS Backcourse Engine out Callout disable Aircraft on ground Warm Start Flight Phase read at warm start GCAM flight Phase (2) GCAM Data The GCAM Data output relays information about the GCAM, which is set at each computation cycle. (3) GCAM General Purpose The GCAM General Purpose output relays information about the GCAM as set in the APM. (4) Terrain Awareness Display Output Terrain Awareness Display Images are transmitted to the display using the ARINC 708A format. NOTE: 4--88 15 Feb 2003 Although Draft characteristic ARINC 453 is engrained in industry terminology, ARINC 453 was never adopted as a characteristic. ARINC 453 has been superceded and included into the ARINC 708A characteristic. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The ARINC 708A formatted terrain display is transmitted as a series of 1600--bit words, each word containing color information along a specific angle radial. The refresh rate of the entire image is based on the number of radials transmitted. A transmission interval of 5.00 milliseconds per radial with a total of 513 radials per image results in an image refresh interval of 2.565 seconds with an acceptable level of image clarity. (5) OMS Fault Summary Word The T2CAS transmits the OMS information (overall fault bit, status of all ARINC 429 digital input buses, and status of all BITE tests) listed in Table 4--24, Table 4--25 and Table 4--26, OMS Fault Summary Words. OMS Fault Summary Discrete Word 429 Label: 350, 351, and 352 (Octal) Units: N/A Max Range: N/A Appox. LSB: N/A Data Bits: 19 11 -- 29 Sign Bit: None Pad Bits: None Transmit Interval: 100ms Data Type: Discrete Table 4--24. OMS Label 350 Discretes Bit FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 11 TAWS Fail (overall fault bit) 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 12 ARINC 429 Input #1 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 13 ARINC 429 Input #2 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 14 ARINC 429 Input #3 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 15 ARINC 429 Input #4 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 16 ARINC 429 Input #5 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 17 ARINC 429 Input #6 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 18 ARINC 429 Input #7 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 19 ARINC 429 Input #8 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 20 ARINC 429 Input #9 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 21 ARINC 429 Input #10 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 22 ARINC 429 Input #11 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 23 ARINC 429 Input #12 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 24 ARINC 429 Input #13 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 25 ARINC 429 Input #14 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 34-43-20 4--89 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--24. OMS Label 350 Discretes(cont) Bit FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 26 ARINC 429 Input #15 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 27 ARINC 429 Input #16 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 28 ARINC 429 Input #17 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 29 ARINC 429 Input #18 Fail 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail Table 4--25. OMS Label 351 Discretes Bit 4--90 15 Feb 2003 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 11 A/D Converter and Analog Multiplexer Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 12 Analog LRU Input Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 13 APM Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 14 APM Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 15 ARINC 429 Input Bus Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 16 ARINC 429 Receiver Loop Back Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 17 ARINC 429 Transmitter Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 18 ARINC 453 Transmitter Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 19 Compact Flash Data Loader Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 20 CPLD Register Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 21 Discrete Outputs Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 22 EDC Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 23 EEPROM Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 24 Exception Interrupt Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 25 External Interrupt Controller Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 26 Flash EPROM Test/Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 27 FPGA Program Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 28 HBM Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 29 HBM Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 4--26. OMS Label 352 Discretes Bit FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 11 MMU Partition Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 12 Over--Temperature Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 13 PCI Bus Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 14 PCI Bus Configuration Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 15 Power Fail Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 16 Power Supply Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 17 SDRAM Flash Copy Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 18 SDRAM/EDC Test 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 19 Software Event Log 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 20 Software Heartbeat Monitor 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail Spare 0 = Normal, 1 = Fail 21--29 G. TAWS/RWS Discrete Output Data (1) Ground Discrete Parameters This section describes the T2CAS TAWS/RWS ground discrete outputs. The ground discrete outputs are used to drive alert lamps and are not activated when power is removed from the LRU. All Ground discretes in this section are dependant on the aircraft Flight Deck configuration and subsequent ASDB settings. (a) Alert Prioritization Output 1 -- 4 These discretes exist to inform external LRUs that T2CAS has a higher priority alert. For example, on the input side, if the Alert Prioritization Input 2 Value was ’5’ and the Alert Prioritization Input 2 Discrete became active because an engine--out condition was detected, the T2CAS would suppress all of its alerts of lower priority but still allow output alerts of priority 1 through 4. On the output side, the T2CAS would set only the Alert Prioritization Output # discretes to active whose corresponding values are of lower priority than the alert. Other LRUs capable of sensing the states of these discretes would suppress their own alerts of lower priority. (b) Audio On The Audio On output discrete is used to inhibit other audio systems (e.g., TCAS) during GPWS warnings. In addition, it can be used to drive the audio key line input provided on some aircraft audio systems. The Audio On discrete is activated whenever any aural message is being annunciated and it remains activated until the aural message is completed. 34-43-20 4--91 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (c) Glideslope Cancel Indicator The Glideslope Cancel Indicator output discrete is activated when the T2CAS detects the Glideslope Cancel input discrete is active AND the aircraft is at a low altitude (below 2000 ft. radio altitude). (d) Ground Proximity Caution Alert Used to activate the GPWS Caution Alert lamp. (e) Ground Proximity Warning Alert Used to activate the GPWS Warning Alert lamp. (f) TAWS Caution Alert Used to activate the TAWS Caution Alert lamp. (g) TAWS Warning Alert Used to activate the TAWS Warning Alert lamp. (h) Terrain Mode Display #1/Terrain Mode Display #2 The Terrain Display Switch output discretes are used to activate external relays that make the switch between Weather and Terrain. When the relay is activated (IO_TERRAIN_DISPLAY_SWITCH_# is Active), Terrain is displayed. When the relay is de--activated (IO_TERRAIN_DISPLAY_SWITCH_# is Not Active), Weather is displayed. This output discrete can be activated/de--activated by one of two methods: Pilot selection via a control panel pushbutton, or as a result of the auto pop--up feature. In the event that the TAWS function generates an alert, terrain is automatically selected for display. (i) Windshear Caution Alert Used to activate the Windshear Caution Alert lamp. (j) Windshear Warning Alert Used to activate the Windshear Warning Alert lamp. (2) Ground Discrete Monitor Parameters This section describes the T2CAS TAWS/RWS ground discrete monitor outputs. The ground discrete monitor outputs are used to signal failure conditions and are activated (grounded) when power is removed from the LRU. (a) GCAM Fail Indicator Used to activate the GCAM Fail lamp. 4--92 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (b) GCAM Inop Indicator Used to activate the GCAM Inop lamp. (c) GPWS Fail Indicator Used to activate the GPWS Fail lamp. (d) GPWS Inop Indicator Used to activate the GPWS Inop lamp. (e) Terrain Fail Indicator Used to activate the Terrain Fail lamp. (f) Terrain Inop Indicator Used to activate the Terrain Inop lamp. (g) Windshear Fail Indicator Used to activate the Windshear Fail lamp. (h) Windshear Inop Indicator Used to activate the Windshear Inop lamp. 34-43-20 4--93 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Blank Page 4--94 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 ADJUSTMENT/TEST 1. General The procedures that follow are designed to check for proper operation and satisfactory installation of the T2CAS Traffic and Terrain Collision Avoidance System components. Should any failures occur while performing the check out procedures, refer to FAULT ISOLATION as required. 2. Equipment See Table 5--1 for equipment required to test the unit. Table 5--1. Equipment Name Description Source Digital Multimeter Fluke Model 29 Digital Multimeter John Fluke Mfg Co Inc., Everett, WA TCAS Ramp Tester TCAS--201 Reply Generator Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Test Set IFR Systems, Inc. Wichita, KS NOTE: Equivalent alternatives are permitted for equipment in this list. 3. Initial Harness Checkout (New Installations Only) A. T2CAS Computer Unit Harness Checkout Check the T2CAS computer unit’s mounting tray connector pins referenced in Table 5--2, to make sure they are not connected or shorted to ground. A ground on these pins can cause damage or degrade system performance. Table 5--2. Computer Unit Harness Checkout Connector Pin No. Pin Function P1C--1 (LBP) 115 V AC (H) T2CAS P1C--5 (LBP) 115 V AC (H) External Fan P1C--10 (LBP) 28 V AC T2CAS Power B. T2CAS Controller and Display Unit Harness Checkout Refer to the applicable controller and display unit interconnect diagrams to do continuity measurements and to ensure confidence in wiring for these units. 34-43-20 5--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 C. LRU Preinstallation Power Checkout Before you do any operational tests, a power--on check is recommended to reduce the possibility of damage to newly installed system components due to miswired power leads. (1) Make sure all T2CAS system components are removed from their mounting trays or that their aircraft mating connector(s) are disconnected. (2) Connect external power to aircraft. (3) Close all T2CAS system 115 V, 400 Hz circuit breakers, if applicable, and check for 115 V ac at the appropriate LRU mating connector pins. Refer to the applicable interconnect diagrams for LRU pin numbers. (4) Close all T2CAS system 28 V dc circuit breakers, if applicable, and check for 28 V dc at the appropriate LRU mating connector pins. Refer to the applicable interconnect diagrams for LRU pin numbers. (5) If power is misapplied on any connector pin, open the circuit breaker and rework miswired harness. (6) Remove aircraft power. D. Initial System Installation Operational Test The initial checkout of a newly installed system should start with a system self--test and then be followed by a ramp test. The system self--test procedures are referenced in paragraph 4.A. The ramp tests should include a Scenario Test and a Power and Frequency Test. Refer to the applicable TCAS Ramp Tester Operation Manual for procedures to do these tests. If an ACSS VSI/TRA is used as the display instrument, it contains a feature that displays some typical installation errors. See Figure 5--1. If an error is detected during initial installation checkout, the VSI/TRA displays the error as follows: (1) Removes all symbology from the display. (2) Displays a red X that covers the entire screen. (3) Displays a two digit error code as follows: • 00 = Invalid discrete setting at power--up • 01 = Invalid light curve setting specified at power--up • 03 = Bad checksum detected at power--up • 04 = Illegal op--code test failed • 05 = Unsupported test failed. (4) Strobes the watchdog timer to keep the red X and status displayed. NOTE: 5--2 15 Feb 2003 If the VSI/TRA displays error code 10, 11, 12, 29, 30, 31, or 40, an internal VSI/TRA failure has been detected. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 5--1. VSI/TRA Fault Warning Display 4. System Self--Tests A. TCAS Flight Deck Display Test Modes The T2CAS TCAS System provides two types of test modes; a short functional test mode and an extended maintenance test. Both test modes can be activated by the TEST button or switch on the ATC/TCAS Control Panel. The short test mode can also be activated by a central maintenance computer (CMC) or a central fault display interface unit (CFDIU). The extended test mode can only be initiated at the end of the short test. The short test mode is inhibited in the air if the Self--Test Inhibit programming pin (RBP--8E) is grounded. (1) Short Test Mode The short test mode provides a flight deck initiated functional test of the TCAS RA and TA displays and associated TCAS interfaces. It also provides an aural annunciation of the TCAS system status. The short test mode is available in all TCAS operational modes (Standby, TA Only, or TA/RA) when on the ground. If a TA or RA occurs while airborne, the test is terminated and normal operating status is resumed. The test mode is also terminated if any of the Advisory Inhibit discrete inputs (grounds) are received on pins RBP--5A, RBP--5B, RBP--5C, or RBP--5D. Push and hold the TEST button/switch on the ATC/TCAS controller for a few seconds to start the test. When the test mode becomes active, the words “TCAS Test” are transmitted once aurally. In addition to the TCAS test pattern, RA indications and a red TCAS TEST annunciation are displayed on the applicable display(s). Refer to Figure 1--18 for a typical test pattern display on the VSI/TRA. 34-43-20 5--3 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 At the completion of the test (8--seconds), the words “TCAS Test Pass” should be transmitted once aurally. In addition, the test pattern is removed from the display(s) and a TCAS PASS annunciation is displayed. If the test fails, the words “TCAS Test Fail” are transmitted once aurally and a TCAS FAIL annunciation is displayed on the applicable display(s). If the TCAS short test fails, do the TCAS Computer Unit Self--Test procedures referenced in paragraph 4.C. to determine which LRU or subsystem is not functioning properly. To troubleshoot the system, refer to the procedures in the FAULT ISOLATION section. (2) Extended Test Mode The extended test mode provides a flight deck initiated test that displays various pages of text information that is selected by the ATC Mode S control panel 4096 code switches. This test mode is accessible only when on the ground and cannot be initiated while airborne. The extended test mode is used for maintenance purposes only. It displays various pages of text information containing the TCAS software part number, fault messages, status of program pins, analog and digital inputs, and other aircraft parameters. To start the test, push and hold the TEST button/switch on the ATC/TCAS controller for a minimum of 9 seconds. In addition the conditions that follow must occur: • TCAS is in Standby • The selected transponder is in Standby • Aircraft is on the ground (The AIR/GND discrete [RMP--5K] is grounded) • Landing gear is extended (Landing Gear discrete [RMP--13F] is grounded). Once the extended test mode is established, the 4096 code switches on the ATC/TCAS controller are used to select the desired maintenance page for display. Table 5--3 lists the extended mode page names and numbers and the corresponding 4096 Ident Code number. 5--4 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 5--3. Extended Test Menu Selections 4096 Ident Code Number Page Page Name 0000 System Status 0001 Display Status 0002 Rad/Alt Status 0003 Xpdr Status 0004 Program Pins 1/3 0005 Program Pins 2/3 0006 Program Pins 3/3 0007 Help Reference 0011 11 Antenna Port Status 0012 12 Option Pins Status All Other Codes Blank TCAS Test Menu To view the TCAS test menu and system status pages along with the troubleshooting messages, refer to the FAULT ISOLATION section. To exit the extended test mode, set the ATC/TCAS mode selector switch to Mode S ON. B. TAWS/RWS Flight Deck Display Test Modes The T2CAS TAWS/RWS System provides two types of test modes; a standard functional test mode and an extended maintenance test. Both test modes can be activated by the TAWS/RWS/GPS TEST button or switch on the Flight Deck. The short test mode can also be activated by a central maintenance computer (CMC) or a central fault display interface unit (CFDIU). The extended test mode can only be initiated at the end of the short test. (1) Standard Test Mode The standard test mode provides a flight deck initiated functional test of the aural annunciations, lamp tests, and display activity. The Standard Self--Test is performed by activating either the CMC self--test or the self--test discrete input (RTP--10E = GND). The Standard Self--Test can occur while on the ground or while in the airborne state. Upon activating the Standard Self--Test the following will occur: The Standard Self--Test will not be initiated if a TAWS alert is present when either the CMC self test or the self test discrete input is activated. If the T2CAS unit has the windshear function enabled, the following aural annunciation will occur: 34-43-20 5--5 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 ”TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WINDSHEAR TEST START” If the T2CAS unit does not have the windshear function enabled, the following aural annunciation will occur: ”TERRAIN AWARENESS TEST START” During the Standard Self--Test the following will occur: All discrete outputs implemented within a specific aircraft installation will be tested for over current and output voltage levels by activating the output for 1.5 seconds (±100 milliseconds), then deactivating the output for 1.5 seconds (±100 milliseconds), and then reactivating the output for 1.5 seconds (±100 milliseconds). Any faults found will be recorded in the T2CAS unit’s nonvolatile memory. The T2CAS unit will verify the following functional areas in accordance with Figure 1--32. • Aircraft Personality Module (APM) • Terrain Database CRC • External System Inputs • Internal TAWS Parameters • Internal GPS Parameters (if installed) The T2CAS unit will display a multicolor test pattern on both the captain’s and first officer’s TAWS displays. Figure 1--33 shows a typical multicolor test pattern. The T2CAS unit will interrupt the Standard Self--Test when any of the following alerts occur: • “WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR” • “TERRAIN AHEAD, PULL UP” • “TERRAIN TERRAIN, PULL UP PULL UP” • “≈≈ PULL UP” • “TERRAIN AHEAD” • “TERRAIN CAUTION” • “AVOID TERRAIN” • “PULL UP, PULL UP” • “TERRAIN, TERRAIN” • “SINK RATE, SINK RATE” • “DON’T SINK, DON’T SINK” • “TOO LOW, TERRAIN” 5--6 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 • “TOO LOW, GEAR” • “TOO LOW, FLAPS” • “GLIDESLOPE” NOTE: “≈≈” designates a pair of varying tones from 400 to 800 Hz; where each tone is 0.3 seconds in duration, separated by 0.1 seconds, and at the end of the pair there is 0.1 seconds of silence. NOTE: The aural annunciations listed above will depend on the Operator Selectable Options chosen during installation of the T2CAS unit. Upon completion of the Standard Self--Test the following will occur: If the T2CAS unit has the windshear function enabled and the APM and Terrain Database and Internal system and Internal GPS self--tests have passed, the following aural annunciation will occur: ”TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WINDSHEAR TEST PASSED” If the T2CAS unit does not have the windshear function enabled and the APM and Terrain Database and Internal system and Internal GPS self--tests have passed, the following aural annunciation will occur: ”TERRAIN AWARENESS TEST PASSED” If the T2CAS unit does not have the windshear function enabled and the APM or Terrain Database or Internal system or Internal GPS self--tests have failed, the following aural annunciation will occur: ”TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WINDSHEAR TEST COMPLETE” If the T2CAS unit does not have the windshear function enabled and the APM or Terrain Database or Internal system or Internal GPS self--tests have failed, the following aural annunciation will occur: ”TERRAIN AWARENESS TEST COMPLETE” If the TAWS/RWS standard test fails, do the T2CAS Computer Unit Self--Test procedures referenced in paragraph 4.C. to determine which LRU or subsystem is not functioning properly. To troubleshoot the system, refer to the procedures in the FAULT ISOLATION section. (2) Extended Test Mode The Extended Self--Test can only be entered at the completion of the Standard Self--Test. The Extended Self--Test can only be entered while on the ground (RMP--5K = GND). The Extended Self--Test is activated at the end of the Standard Self--Test by activating the self--test discrete input (RTP--10E = GND) for a minimum of 3 seconds within 3 seconds after the initial aural annunciation (”TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WINDSHEAR TEST COMPLETE” or ”TERRAIN AWARENESS TEST COMPLETE ” or ”TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WINDSHEAR TEST PASSED” or ”TERRAIN AWARENESS TEST PASSED”) occurs. This activation sequence is summarized in Figure 5--2. 34-43-20 5--7 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 5--2. Extended Self--Test of TAWS/Windshear Functional Areas 5--8 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Upon activating the Extended Self--Test the T2CAS unit will display the Extended Self--Test Introduction page on both the captain’s and first officer’s TAWS displays. While in the Extended Self--Test: (a) The T2CAS unit will display the next Extended Self--Test page when the self--test discrete input (RTP--10E) is active for less than or equal to three seconds. (b) Each subsequent activation of the self--test discrete input will result in the T2CAS unit displaying the next Extended Self--Test page. (c) The following is a listing of Extended Self--Test information pages available for display: Information Displayed Pages Introduction 0, 1 Part Numbers 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 The T2CAS unit will exit the Extended Self--Test when the self--test discrete input (RTP--10E) is active for greater than three seconds or the aircraft transitions from ground to air (RMP--5K = OPEN). C. T2CAS Computer Unit Self--Test The Front Panel has a test switch to initiate testing of T2CAS as well as LED indicators which are used for the annunciation of internal LRU or external system faults for T2CAS. There are two sets of LED indicators, one set pertains to the TCAS function and TCAS external I/O; the other set pertains to the TAWS/RWS and internal GPS functions. The testing for T2CAS is initiated through the test switch on the front of the LRU. TCAS and TAWS/RWS functions both monitor the switch and initiate a test sequence when the switch is pressed. The test results for both functions are annunciated on their respective LED displays. (1) With all power off, reinstall the T2CAS computer unit in its mounting tray. Make sure the TCAS control panel and display(s) are also installed. (2) Apply aircraft power and close all applicable T2CAS system circuit breakers. (3) On the TCAS control panel, set the ATC/TCAS controller mode switch to Mode S ON. (4) Push the PUSH TO TEST button on the T2CAS computer unit front panel. The TCAS and TAWS/RWS test sequence that follows should occur: • All TCAS computer unit front panel annunciators come on for a 3--second lamp test. • If the TCAS is operational, the TCAS PASS green annunciator comes on for a 10--second display period and then goes off. 34-43-20 5--9 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 • If the TCAS is not operational, one or more of the red fault annunciators comes on for a 10--second display period. • For TAWS/RWS, an LED test will occur where all LEDs, on the T2CAS unit, will be lit for a minimum of 1.5 seconds in the following colors: -- TAWS P/F STATUS: Red -- TAWS I/O FAIL: Amber -- TAWS APM FAIL: Amber -- XFER IN PROCESS: Green -- C/F LOAD STATUS: Red • For TAWS/RWS, an LED test will occur where all LEDs, on the T2CAS unit, will then be lit for a minimum of 1.5 seconds in the following colors: -- TAWS P/F STATUS: Green -- TAWS I/O FAIL: Amber -- TAWS APM FAIL: Amber -- XFER IN PROCESS: Green -- C/F LOAD STATUS: Green • During the TAWS/RWS LED test, the last 10 flight legs will be reviewed for faults. After the LEDs are illuminated, as described above, if a fault has occurred during the last 10 flight legs then the LED associated with that fault will be lit for 11 seconds ±1 second in the following colors: -- TAWS P/F STATUS: Red -- TAWS I/O FAIL: Amber -- TAWS APM FAIL: Amber -- XFER IN PROCESS: --- C/F LOAD STATUS: Red • During the TAWS/RWS LED test, all discrete outputs implemented within a specific aircraft installation will be tested for over current and output voltage levels by activating the output for 1.5 seconds (±100 milliseconds), then deactivating the output for 1.5 seconds (±100 milliseconds), and then reactivating the output for 1.5 seconds (±100 milliseconds). Any faults found will be recorded in the T2CAS unit’s nonvolatile memory. At the end of this test the XFER IN PROCESS LED will be extinguished. During the TAWS/RWS LED test, each time the push to test button (on the T2CAS unit) is reactivated, the following will occur in the order presented: (a) All front TAWS/Windshear LEDs will be lit for 1 second (± 0.5 seconds) in the following colors: • TAWS P/F STATUS: Red • TAWS I/O FAIL: Amber 5--10 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 • TAWS APM FAIL: Amber • XFER IN PROCESS: Green • C/F LOAD STATUS: Red (b) The XFER IN PROCESS LED and C/F LOAD STATUS LED will be extinguished. (c) The TAWS P/F STATUS, TAWS IO FAIL, TAWS APM FAIL and C/F LOAD STATUS LEDs will be set for the fault information of the current and previous flight legs for a period of 11 seconds ( ±1 second). The first time the push to test button, on the T2CAS unit, is depressed the current flight leg information is displayed. Subsequent activations of the push to test button, on the T2CAS unit, will display faults from previous flight legs in order from most recent to least recent. (d) If the push to test button, on the T2CAS unit, is reactivated during the display of the tenth previous flight leg fault information (or during the display of the oldest flight leg stored in the BITE log), then the LEDs, on the T2CAS unit, will flash at 2 Hz for 3 seconds and then extinguish, terminating the display mode. (5) If a TCAS or TAWS/RWS fault is detected, refer to the Fault Isolation section for troubleshooting information. 5. Return to Service Test Any time a T2CAS LRU is removed and replaced following repair or maintenance, a return to service test is required. The System Self--Test procedures referenced in paragraph 4.A. and 4.B. are sufficient to check all system parameters. NOTE: Anytime the T2CAS APM is removed and replaced, the APM must be reconfigured using the procedures in section 6.C. or 6.D. 6. Operational Software Loading Using an ARINC Portable Data Loader, RS232 Port or Compact Flash Card When updating the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit with an ARINC portable data loader PDL or Compact flash card, verify the current TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit software part number prior to continuing for Flight Deck system only. NOTE: The TCAS operational software can ONLY be loaded using a conventional ADL/PDL dataloader and the TAWS/RWS operational software and Database can ONLY be loaded using the Compact flash card. Additionally, the TAWS/RWS APM Configuration Data (referred to as ACD) and APM Application Data (referred to as Aircraft Specific Database or ASDB) can be dataloaded using either a Compact Flash card or through the RS232 interface. 34-43-20 5--11 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 A. Current Software Verification NOTE: Software verification using Flight Deck systems ONLY. (1) TCAS Software Verification Verify the current software part number according to the extended maintenance capabilities on status page code 0000 in the FAULT ISOLATION section of this manual or the individual aircraft maintenance manual (refer to the onboard maintenance system program). (2) TAWS/RWS Software Verification Verify the current software part number according to the extended maintenance capabilities Part Number Page. B. Portable Data Loader -- TCAS Operational Software Loading (While Installed on Aircraft) (1) Verify that the system inputs for AIR/GROUND (RMP--5K) and GEAR UP/DOWN (RMP--13F) are grounded. (2) Obtain an ARINC PDL and the appropriate interface cable for connecting the data loader to the J1 (front) connector of the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. The following PDLs have been tested and found to be satisfactory for performing this task: • DEMO Systems -- Part No. 30100 (Revision A and later versions) • Teledyne -- Part No. 2230915--01--D • SFIM -- Part No. YV68A110. Other part numbers from these suppliers and ARINC 615 data loaders from other manufacturers may perform the task successfully. However, ACSS can not verify their usability. (3) Shut off the PDL and remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. Connect the cable between the PDL and the J1 front connector on the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (4) Apply power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (5) Turn on the PDL. (6) Obtain the operational software. Insert disk No. 1 of the operational software into the PDL for program uploading (or follow the applicable instructions for the PDL). (7) After the PDL indicates that the disk upload was successful, repeat step (6) for multiple disks, if necessary. 5--12 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (8) Wait at least 20 seconds after the last disk has finished uploading. Then turn off the PDL, remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit, and disconnect the interface cable. (9) Apply power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit and ensure the TCAS system is fully operational. Push the PUSH TO TEST button located on the front panel. The green LED indicator on the front of the panel lights at the end of the test cycle (approximately 8 seconds) to show the TCAS system is functional. C. Compact Flash Card -- TAWS/RWS Operational Software/ACD/ASDB Loading (While Installed on Aircraft) Due to the size of the TAWS/RWS operational software and database (in excess of 60 megabytes), the use of an ARINC 615 data loader is not feasible for TAWS/RWS dataloading. As such, a high speed data loading method is provided using a Compact PC Flash Card. The unit’s front panel has an access plate that allows a Compact PC Flash Card to be inserted. (1) Verify that the system inputs for AIR/GROUND (RMP--5K) and GEAR UP/DOWN (RMP--13F) are grounded. (2) Obtain the operational software and/or applicable TAWS/ACD/ASDB Database (3) Apply power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (4) Insert the Compact Flash Card NOTE: When a Compact Flash Card is inserted the T2CAS will blink the front panel ”XFER IN PROCESS” LED to indicate that a Compact Flash Card is detected, but uploading or downloading has not begun. (5) Once Software Upload has started the Dataload status will be indicated by the LEDs on the front of the T2CAS Computer Unit. The LED correlations expected for the various upload events are shown in Table 5--4. (6) After Uploading has completed (Green CF Status LED), remove the Compact Flash Card and the T2CAS will automatically restart. Table 5--4. Compact Flash Upload / LED correlation Triggering Event CF Status LED CF Card Inserted XFER IN PROCESS LED Blink Fault Type Logged Ending Event CF UPLOAD REQUEST CRC 1 completed Corrupt CF header Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed Upload Card Inserted while Airborne Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed Incorrect Configuration Error Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed 34-43-20 5--13 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 5--4. Compact Flash Upload / LED correlation(cont) Triggering Event CF Status LED XFER IN PROCESS LED Fault Type Logged Ending Event Major/Minor Incompatibility Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed File Header CRC error Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed File does not exist error Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed Multiple file error Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed File Image CRC error (CRC 1) Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed CF LOAD CF Card error is detected or upload completed or restart CRC 1 completed Green Aborted Upload Red CF WRITE ERROR 10 seconds after card removal Airborne Upload Red CF FILE ERROR CF Card removed CF FILE ERROR CF Card error is detected or upload completed or restart Ground--to--air transition during upload Green (per normal uploading sequence) Flash Copy CRC fails to match CF File CRC (CRC 2) Red CF WRITE ERROR Card removal Flash Copy 2 fails to match CRC at Copy 1 location Red FLASH EPROM ERROR Card removal APM Calculated CRC doesn’t match CF File CRC. Red APM WRITE ERROR -- CF Upload Card removal APM Calculated CRC doesn’t match APM embedded CRC. Red APM DATA FAULT -- CF Upload Card removal APM write to Flash unsuccessful Red APM COPY WRITE Card removal -- CF Upload APM Calculated CRC doesn’t match APM embedded CRC Red APM Copy CRC -CF Upload Card removal Green CF UPLOAD SET COMPLETE Card removal All files loaded successful 5--14 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 D. RS232 -- TAWS/RWS APM Configuration Data and APM Application Data Loading The T2CAS is capable of uploading the ACD or ASDB while in the air or on the ground, while using the RS--232 interface with the APM_LOAD XXXX command. (1) Obtain PC software tool EDDIT (Engineering Diagnostic & Data Interface Transfer) Part No. 9000286--001. (2) Obtain or build an RS--232 cable. (Refer to Figure 5--3.) (3) Turn PC power off. (4) Remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (5) Connect the RS--232 cable from the PC (9--pin connector) to the J1 front connector on the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (6) Apply power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (7) Power on the PC to Microsoft Windows operation. (8) On the PC, follow the Online instructions provided with the EDDIT tool to load the ASDB file and/or the ACD file. (9) Shut down the PC and remove power. (10) Remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (11) Disconnect the RS--232 cable from the J1 front connector on the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. E. Updated Software Verification (1) Software Verification Using Flight Deck Systems ONLY (a) TCAS Verify the updated software part number according to the T2CAS TCAS extended maintenance capabilities on status page code 0000 in the FAULT ISOLATION section of this manual or the individual aircraft maintenance manual (refer to the onboard maintenance system program). (b) TAWS/RWS Verify the current software part number according to the extended maintenance capabilities Part Number Page. (2) TCAS Software Verification Using a Stand--Alone PC ONLY Verify the updated TCAS software part number using a stand--alone PC according to the following procedure. 34-43-20 5--15 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (a) Obtain PC software Part No. PS4088035--101. (b) Obtain or build an RS--232 cable. (Refer to Figure 5--3.) (c) Shut down and power off the PC. (d) Remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (e) Connect the RS--232 cable from the PC (9--pin connector) to the J1 front connector on the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (f) Apply power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (g) Power on the PC to Microsoft Windows operation. (h) On the PC, go to START => PROGRAMS => HONEYWELL TOOLS and double click “TCAS Part Number”. (i) Verify the updated TCAS software part number. (j) Shut down and power off the PC. (k) Remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (l) 5--16 15 Feb 2003 Disconnect the RS--232 cable from the J1 front connector on the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 5--3. RS--232 PC to TCAS Interface Cable (3) TAWS/RWS Software Verification Using a Stand--Alone PC ONLY Verify the updated TAWS/RWS software/Database part numbers using a stand--alone PC according to the following procedure. (a) Obtain PC software tool EDDIT, Part No. PS4088035--101. (b) Obtain or build an RS--232 cable. (Refer to Figure 5--3.) (c) Shut down and power off the PC. (d) Remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (e) Connect the RS--232 cable from the PC (9--pin connector) to the J1 front connector on the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (f) Apply power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. 34-43-20 5--17 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (g) Power on the PC to Microsoft Windows operation. (h) On the PC, follow the Online instructions provided with the EDDIT tool to download the TAWS/RWS operational software/Database part numbers. (i) Shut down the PC and remove power. (j) Remove power from the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (k) Disconnect the RS--232 cable from the J1 front connector on the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (4) TCAS Software Verification Using a Software Verification Fixture ONLY (a) Obtain Software Verification Fixture (Part No. T326948--901) with associated adapter cable (Part No. 200F--00084). (b) Remove power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (c) Connect the adapter cable (Part No. 200F--00084) to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit and the software verification fixture. (d) Apply power to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit. (e) Enable the software verification fixture and verify the appropriate software part number is displayed in the 15--digit display. (f) Perform a TCAS system self--test and verify that TCAS TEST PASS is annunciated. NOTE: The TCAS TEST FAIL message may be annunciated if an LRU that supplies input to the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit is not powered on. (g) If the software part number is not displayed, repeat step (a) thru step (f). (5) TCAS Software Verification Using a Remote Connected VSI/TRA ONLY On some aircraft configurations, software verification may be performed using a remote connected VSI/TRA (Part No. 4067241--861, --862, or --863) display attached through adapter cable (Part No. 200F--00083) to the J1 front connector of the TT--950/951/952 Computer Unit during the extended test mode. Verify the particular aircraft configuration can support a Flight Deck initiated self--test and be recognized at the 8--second time period after activation. NOTE: 5--18 15 Feb 2003 CMC/CFDS activated self--test will not be recognized at the 8--second time period, only an approved TCAS control panel. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 FAULT ISOLATION 1. General The T2CAS Traffic and Terrain Collision Avoidance System has three optional procedures for fault detection and isolation to the LRU level. The first option uses the aircraft CMC or central fault display system (CFDS) if the aircraft is equipped with an onboard maintenance system. The second option uses a digital interface between the T2CAS Computer Unit and the display system (Weather Radar, EFIS, or multifunction display for TAWS/RWS and VSI/TRA flat panel display or EFIS for TCAS). The third option uses the annunciators located on the front panel of the computer unit. The annunciators are activated by a self--test function within the T2CAS Computer Unit. Select the procedural option for fault isolation from Fault Isolation paragraph 3 (Procedure), which is applicable to the type of aircraft and the equipment installed. 2. Equipment and Materials NOTE: Equivalent alternatives are permitted for equipment in this list. Digital Multimeter -- Fluke Model 29, John Fluke Mfg Co. Inc., Everett, WA 3. Procedure A. CMC or CFDS Fault information can be displayed from an onboard maintenance system when the aircraft is so equipped. Fault data is accessible only when the aircraft is on the ground. Faults that occur at any time, on the ground or while airborne, are stored in fault memory and reported to the CMC or CFDS. All displayed information is in the English language with abbreviated terms used only as necessary. Refer to the appropriate CMC or CFDS support manual for fault retrieval procedures. B. Flight Deck Initiated Self--Test/Fault Display Systems (1) TCAS The TCAS display system can be used to display system status and fail messages in the Flight Deck, making it more convenient to use than the computer unit front panel annunciators for a quick checkout of the TCAS system. In contrast with the computer unit self--test, which records and stores faults from previous flights, the display system test shows only current status and failure data. To access the Flight Deck display test modes, perform the following procedures: NOTES: 1. Fault detection with diagnostics can only be done on the ground. The pilot has the option to do a pass/fail test while airborne if this feature is not inhibited. 34-43-20 6--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 2. This procedure is valid when used with either a single or dual control panel. (a) Make sure the aircraft configuration indicates Aircraft On Ground and Gear Extended. (b) Set the Mode Select switch on the ATC/TCAS control panel to STBY. (c) Push and hold the TCAS TEST button for a minimum of 9 seconds. (d) Set the transponder 4096 Ident Code Number to any code except 0000 thru 0007, 0011, or 0012. NOTE: Do not use codes 7500, 7600, or 7700; these code are reserved for emergency operation. (e) Make sure the TCAS TEST MENU is being displayed on the TCAS display. It should match the screen shown in Figure 6--1. (f) Set the transponder 4096 Ident Code Number to 0000. (g) If the system passes, a maintenance page similar to that shown in Figure 6--2 is displayed. A failure results in a referral to one or more specific ident codes. Set the indicated code on the ATC/TCAS Control Panel and follow the instructions given. (h) If the system passes, set the mode switch on the ATC/TCAS Control Panel to MODE S ON. This allows you to exit the expanded test mode. If a failure is indicated, set the transponder 4096 Ident Code to the codes indicated by the automatic referral system. The remaining screens shown in Figure 6--3 thru Figure 6--13 are examples of the other maintenance pages. (i) Set system power to OFF and correct faults by replacing indicated LRUs or by repairing faulty wiring harness. (j) Test system as required after repair. (2) TAWS/RWS The TAWS display system (EFIS or weather Radar) can be used to display system status and fail messages in the Flight Deck, making it more convenient to use than the computer unit front panel annunciators for a quick checkout of the TAWS system. In contrast with the computer unit self--test, which records and stores faults from previous flights, the display system test shows only current status and failure data.To access the Flight Deck display test modes, do the procedures that follow: NOTE: The TAWS/RWS/GPS Fault detection with diagnostics can only be done on the ground. The pilot has the option to do a pass/fail test while airborne if this feature is not inhibited. (a) Make sure the aircraft configuration indicates Aircraft On Ground and Gear Extended. 6--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (b) Push and hold the TAWS/RWS/GPS TEST button/switch on the Flight Deck for a few seconds to start the standard self test. (c) The extended self--test is then initiated by pushing and holding the TAWS/RWS/GPS TEST button/switch on the Flight Deck for more than three seconds, with the initiation beginning between the end of the standard self--test aural annunciation of one of the following messages and three seconds later: • “TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WINDSHEAR TEST COMPLETE”. • “TERRAIN AWARENESS TEST COMPLETE”. • “TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WINDSHEAR TEST PASSED”. • “TERRAIN AWARENESS TEST PASSED”. (d) Once on Extended Self--Test Page One as shown in Figure 6--14, the T2CAS Extended Self--Test display can be indexed to the next Extended Self--Test page by pressing the TAWS/RWS/GPS TEST button/switch for three seconds or less. NOTE: If the CMC Self--Test Input initiates a standard self--test during the extended self--test, the T2CAS will replace the extended self--test page with the multicolor test pattern and begin standard self--test. (e) After system fault isolation test is completed, the Extended Self--Test pages can be exited by pressing the TAWS/RWS/GPS TEST button/switch for more than three seconds. (f) Set system power to OFF and correct faults by replacing indicated LRUs or by repairing faulty wiring harness. (g) Test system as required after repair. 34-43-20 6--3 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 C. T2CAS Aural and Visual Annunciations (1) TCAS Aural and VSI/TRA Annunciations TCAS aural and VSI/TRA annunciations are given in Table 6--1. Table 6--1. TCAS Aural and VSI/TRA Annunciations VSI/TRA Annunciation Upper Left Upper Right Center Color Condition Aural TRAFFIC Display Control ON Mode Normal Range ring and own aircraft in view at all times, along with qualifying traffic. TRAFFIC Display Control AUTO Mode Normal Range ring and own aircraft come up with traffic when a TA or RA exists. Transponder Only Mode None TCAS OFF White TCAS is not operational. STANDBY Mode None TCAS OFF White TCAS is not operational, transponder is in standby. Vertical Speed Input Failure to Single VSI (Dual VSI Aircraft) Normal Yellow Vertical speed needle removed from display with failed data. No RAs posted on failed side. TCAS is operational on remaining side. VSI Input Failure to Both (Dual VSI Aircraft) or Single VSI (Single VSI Aircraft) None Yellow Vertical speed needle removed from both VSIs (dual VSI aircraft) or only VSI (single VSI aircraft). No RA information posted. TCAS is not operational. White or Yellow Traffic alerts are the only information displayed. No RAs. (The color changes from white to yellow when a TA actually occurs.) TCAS FAIL Yellow TCAS is not operational. TCAS OFF White TCAS is not operational. TCAS OFF White TCAS is not operational. TA Only Mode Traffic -Traffic only Transponder or Altitude Source Fail None Altitude Reporting OFF ATCRBS Transponder Selected 6--4 15 Feb 2003 None RA FAIL on failed side VSI FAIL on failed side VSI FAIL on both sides TCAS FAIL on both sides TA ONLY 34-43-20 Notes Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 6--1. TCAS Aural and VSI/TRA Annunciations (cont) VSI/TRA Annunciation Condition Aural Upper Left Upper Right RA Only (TA Display Control to OFF) RA Fail RA FAIL Traffic Display Failure Center Color Notes RA ONLY White VSI/TRA displays resolution advisories only. Yellow No resolution advisories displayed. TD FAIL Yellow No traffic advisories displayed. VSI FAIL Single VSI/TRA Failure (Dual VSI Aircraft) Normal X across failed display Red On failed side, all symbology removed and replaced with a large red X and hex--coded failure number. TCAS operational on good side. Dual VSI/TRA Failure (or Single on Single VSI Aircraft) None X across both displays Red All symbology removed from both displays and replaced with a large red X and failure code. TCAS is not operational. Flight Deck Lamp Test Normal Display full white During Flight Deck lamp test, display goes full white and displays no symbology. TCAS SELF--TEST (Note 1.) TCAS Test Mode (First Second) TCAS TEST TCAS Test Mode (2 to 8 Seconds) TCAS Test Mode (at 8 Seconds) TCAS TEST PASS/ FAIL TCAS TEST White TCAS system self--test. TCAS TEST White TCAS test pattern shown. TCAS TEST TCAS test pattern removed and TCAS returns to normal operation unless the test switch is held, the aircraft is on the ground, and TCAS is in STBY. 34-43-20 6--5 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 6--1. TCAS Aural and VSI/TRA Annunciations (cont) VSI/TRA Annunciation Condition Aural Upper Left Upper Right Center Color Notes TCAS EXTENDED SELF TEST (MAINTENANCE ONLY) (Note 2.) TCAS Extended Test Mode (Test Switch Held at 7 Seconds for 2 Seconds and Aircraft on the Ground Only) System information pages White Current status of the TCAS system, transponder, antennas, radio altimeters. barometric altitude, etc. is presented in a series of pages called by selection of 4096 code. NOTES: 1. Self--Test should only be run in STANDBY mode in flight or on the ground. 2. Extended Self--Test provides maintenance information on seven screens selected using 4096 code. This mode is available only on the ground and in STANDBY. Extended Self--Test ends automatically with a TCAS/Transponder mode change or if the aircraft becomes airborne. (2) TAWS/RWS Aural and Visual Annunciations 6--6 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 D. T2CAS Test Menu and System Status Pages (1) TCAS Test Menu and System Status Pages The extended test mode provides maintenance information on the TCAS display. Pages are selected by 4096 codes on the transponder control panel. The extended test mode is accessible only on the ground, with the transponder in standby. To start the extended test mode, select STBY and push the transponder control panel TCAS TEST switch for 8 seconds. To exit the extended test mode, move the transponder mode control out of STBY. (a) TCAS Test Menu The TCAS Menu Page, Figure 6--1, can be displayed whenever a TCAS suppression bus failure is not indicated and the 4096 Ident Code is any code other than 0000 thru 0007, 0011 or 0012. If a TCAS suppression bus failure is indicated, all 4096 Ident Codes other than 0000 thru 0007, 0010 thru 0012 and 0510 can be used to select the TCAS Test Menu. Figure 6--1. TCAS Test Menu Page (b) System Status Page Selection of code 0000 displays the System Status page, Figure 6--2. This page displays the PASS or FAIL status of the TCAS system and the current version of the operating software loaded into the T2CAS computer. 34-43-20 6--7 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--2. Typical System Status Page In the event of a detected system failure, one or more of the messages in Table 6--2 are displayed. Lines 6 thru 10 of the display screen are used to display the five highest priority faults within the TCAS system. A maximum of five messages can be displayed. Table 6--2. System Status Page Fault Messages Priority Message Description SUPP FAULT GOTO 0010 Suppression bus failure. Select page 0010 for more information. TCAS CU FAIL ANT FAIL TOP Antenna failure. Message field will display TOP, BOT or BOTH to indicate which antenna failed. DISP FAIL GOTO 0001 TCAS has lost valid signal from display. Select page 0001 for more information. RALT INACT GOTO 0002 TCAS has lost valid signal from radio altimeter. Select page 0002 for more information. XPDR FAIL GOTO 0003 TCAS has lost valid signal from Mode S transponder. Select page 0003 for more information. ANT FAIL GOTO 0011 One of the antenna ports connected to the T2CAS CU has failed. Select page 0011 for more information. OPT FAIL GOTO 0012 Parity for the option selections has failed. Select page 0012 for more information. T2CAS TCAS function has failed BITE test. (c) Display Status Page Selection of code 0001 displays the Display Status page, Figure 6--3. This page displays the current status of the Resolution Advisory and Traffic Advisory displays. 6--8 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--3. Typical Display Status Page The message contents for the Display Status page are determined as follows: RA DISPLAY #1 PASS Indicates valid signal (ground/low) is present at T2CAS CU pin RMP--14C. Fail is displayed if this signal is an open/high. TA DISPLAY #1 PASS Indicates valid signal (ground/low) is present at T2CAS CU pin RMP--7E. FAIL is displayed if this signal is an open/high. RA DISPLAY #2 PASS Indicates valid signal (ground/low) is present at T2CAS CU pin RMP--13E. FAIL is displayed if this signal is an open/high. TA DISPLAY #2 PASS Indicates valid signal (ground/low) is present at T2CAS CU pin RMP--7J. FAIL is displayed if this signal is an open/high. RNG SELECT 6NM Indicates current range selection for the traffic display. For installations using control panels without range select switches, range defaults to 6NM. ALT SELECT NORM Indicates current selection of vertical display limits for traffic display -- NORM, BELOW, or ABOVE. For installations that use control panels without ABV--NORM--BLW switch, limits default to NORM. ALT TAG RELATIVE Indicates current selection on control panel for type of traffic symbol altitude indication, RELATIVE or FLT LVL. Default is RELATIVE if no switch is available on control panel. (d) RAD/ALT Status Page Selection of code 0002 displays the RAD/ALT Status page, Figure 6--4. This page displays the status of the selected radio altimeter interface to the T2CAS. 34-43-20 6--9 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--4. Typical RAD/ALT Status Page The first information line (line 3) of the RAD/ALT STATUS page indicates which of the two radio altimeter ports is being used by the T2CAS computer. The T2CAS computer attempts to use radio altimeter No. 1 first. If it determines this input is invalid, it automatically switches to radio altimeter No. 2. The current status of the two radio altimeter ports is displayed on lines 5 and 6. If a signal is valid, the radio altitude value is displayed in either “FT” for English type altimeters, or “M” for Metric type altimeters. If one of the radio altitude signals is determined to be invalid, the altitude value is replaced by INACT. Radio altitude INACT indicates the radio altimeter has failed, is not powered, or is not connected. The radio altimeter input is determined to be invalid if, for an analog radio altimeter input, +28 Vdc valid is not present at T2CAS CU pin RMP--2K for Radio Alt #1 or pin RMP--3C for Radio Alt #2, or for a digital radio altimeter input, the sign status matrix (SSM) of the radio altimeter output indicates not valid or no data is present on the digital bus. If the radio altimeter output is greater than 2200 feet (source is valid, but data is invalid), the radio altitude value is replaced by OVR RNG. When both radio altitude sources are invalid, line 3 is blank. (e) Transponder (XPDR) Status Page Selection of code 0003 displays the XPDR Status page, Figure 6--5. This page displays data for the transponder selected at the time the extended test mode was entered. 6--10 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--5. Typical Transponder (XPDR) Status Page The message contents for the XPDR Status page are determined as follows: XPDR #1 MODE S ADDR: PRESS. ALT ALT REPORTING PASS Indicates PASS or FAIL status of the selected transponder (XPDR #1 or XPDR #2) as indicated by the digital transmission from that transponder. FAIL is displayed if no data is received on the bus. 8E78A0H Indicates the Mode S address (in hexadecimal format) of the selected transponder as determined by program pins at the rear connector of the transponder. (See Note 1.) 1133FT Indicates the last pressure altitude being reported by the selected Mode S transponder before the TCAS system was placed into STBY. This value is not updated while in extended test mode. ON Indicates current position of altitude reporting switch on Mode S/TCAS control panel -- ON or OFF. S/W PN PS7021601--903 (See Note 2.) NOTES: 1. If the transponder detects either all 1s or all 0s, the following message will appear -ILLEGAL ADDRESS --. In addition, a fail message will appear on the front of the transponder and on Extended Test. The message reads CHECK DISCRETE ADDR WIRING ON XPDR PINS MP1A THROUGH MP3D. 2. The S/W PN information, line 8 of the display screen, displays general text supplied by the ACSS ATDL transponder via label 356 (block transfer), which is equipped to supply the text to the display. If a transponder is installed that does not have this feature, line 8 is blank. 34-43-20 6--11 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (f) Programming Pins Status Pages The following three displays indicate the status of various option programming pins located in the rear connector of the T2CAS computer. The 1s and 0s following a programming option indicate the GROUND or OPEN status for those programming pins. Each 1 and 0 is associated with a program pin. A one (1) indicates the pin is grounded by connecting to a program common pin on the T2CAS connector or to an aircraft ground. A zero (0) indicates the pin is left open. Selection of code 0004 displays the first of three pages that define program pin status. See Figure 6--6. Figure 6--6. Typical Program Pins 1/3 Page Programming pins on the T2CAS computer associated with each of the functions defined on the page 1 display are listed below. Where more than one program pin is indicated, the listed connector pins correspond to the display digits read from left to right. A one (1) indicates the associated pin is grounded. A zero (0) indicates open. 6--12 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 CLIMB INH 0000 Climb Inhibit inputs: RMP--1J, RMP--13G, RBP--5J, RBP--5K. INC CLIMB INH 0000 Increase Climb Inhibit inputs: RBP--5E, RBP--5F, RBP--5G, RBP--5H ADVISORY INH 0000 Advisory Inhibit inputs: RBP--5A, RBP--5B, RBP--5C, RBP--5D RADIO ALT TYPE 1 0000 Analog Radio Altimeter Type: RMP--12B ARINC 552/552A (0), Collins BCA (1) VOICE DELAY ENABLE AUDIO PROG PINS CANCEL DISCRETE 2 0 Voice Delay option: RBP--7D Enabled = (1), Disabled = (0) 000 Audio output level selection inputs: RBP--7A, RBP--7B, RBP--7C 0 Advisory Cancel Discrete option: RMP--3D (0) allows advisories to be cancelled. A (1) does not allow advisories to be cancelled. Selection of code 0005 displays the second of three pages that define the Program Pins status. See Figure 6--7. Figure 6--7. Typical Program Pins 2/3 Page Programming pins on the T2CAS computer associated with each of the functions defined on the Program Pins 2/3 page are listed below. Where more than one program pin is indicated, the listed connector pins correspond to the display digits read from left to right. A one (1) indicates the associated pin is grounded. A zero (0) indicates open. 34-43-20 6--13 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 BCA EFIS 0 RA/TA block transfer program that determines the type of data transfer from the T2CAS CU to the TA/RA displays: A (1) indicates Honeywell BCA EFIS format. A (0) indicates ARINC 735 format: RMP--12C. CABLE DELAY PROG TEST MODE 000 RF delay compensation program for antenna cable length difference (top versus bottom): RBP--7G, RBP--7H, RBP--7J 0000 Shop test function (all 0s for flight mode): RBP--9D, RBP--9E, RBP--9F, RBP--9G FUNCT TEST INH 0 Inhibits Flight Deck self--test when airborne (0 for no inhibit): RBP--8E SIM SOFT ENABLE 0 Simulator Software Enable input: RBP--10K Should always be (0) for flight mode. MAX # INTRUDER 00000 Select maximum number of traffic symbols displayed on VSI. Value for each digit, from left to right, is 16, 8, 4, 2, 1. The maximum number is the sum of not selected values (0s): RBP--8F, RBP--8G, RBP--8H, RBP--8J, RBP--8K. DISP THREATS ONLY 0 Selects display of traffic only when TAs or RAs occur: (0 indicates display of any traffic): RBP--7F. GND DISPLAY MODE 0 Selects TCAS OFF automatically with aircraft ON GROUND (0 indicates TCAS active ON GROUND): RBP--7E. Selection of code 0006 displays the third of three pages that define the Program Pins status. See Figure 6--8. Figure 6--8. Typical Program Pins 3/3 Page 6--14 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Programming pins on the T2CAS computer associated with each of the functions defined on the Program Pins 3/3 page are listed below. Where more than one program pin is indicated, the listed connector pins correspond to the display digits read from left to right. A one (1) indicates the associated pin is grounded and a zero (0) indicates open, except for RCZ--852 MAX TAS where a one (1) indicates an open and a zero (0) indicates a ground. ALT LIMIT PERF LIMIT 00000 Shows selected altitude above which TCAS will not give CLIMB commands. Value for each digit, from left to right, is 32000, 16000, 8000, 4000, and 2000 feet. Altitude is the sum of selected values (1s): RMP--6J, RMP--6H, RMP--6G, RMP--6F, RMP--6E. 0 Selects CLIMB command altitude limit control from external performance computer: A ground (1) indicates performance/climb rate is not limited. An open (0) indicates performance/climb rate is limited: RMP--6D. METRIC TYPE 000 Shows the status of the metric selection program pins #1, #2, and #3: RMP--12K, RMP--12J, and RMP--12H. The metric type will appear only with TCAS computer unit part number 7517900--XX001 and --XX002. On TCAS computer unit part number 7517900--XX003 and --XX004, the message “METRIC TYPE 0000” is replaced with “SINGLE TRANSPONDER 0”. MAX TAS 000 Shows the selected maximum airspeed operating range of aircraft. This data is obtained from ARINC label 276 of the selected transponder. Refer to the appropriate Mode S transponder installation manual. NOTE: Line 8 of the Program Pins 3/3 display indicates which transponder is currently selected. Help Reference Page Selection of code 0007 displays the Help Reference page, Figure 6--9. This page serves as a reference to assist aircraft maintenance personnel in checking the functionality of dual transponders. 34-43-20 6--15 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--9. Help Reference Page In addition to the recommended procedure, the number 2 transponder must be selected on the Mode S/TCAS control panel and the mode select switch placed in TA only or TA/RA mode momentarily prior to restarting self-test to enter extended maintenance mode. (g) Suppression Bus Fail Page The Suppression Bus Fail page, Figure 6--10, is displayed only when a TCAS suppression bus failure is indicated and the 4096 Ident Code is 0010. This page displays information about detected suppression bus failures. It briefly describes the problem and instructs maintenance personnel to change the 4096 Ident Code to display the Suppression Bus Clear page for clearing instructions. If there is no suppression bus failure, the main menu (0000) is displayed. Figure 6--10. Suppression Bus Fail Page 6--16 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The flight crew may report a unique problem of an intruder displayed which appears to be co--altitude, located on the own aircraft symbol. In many of these cases, TCAS may issue a TA followed by an RA. After the flightcrew has initiated the advisory, the intruder may not appear to change relative to the own aircraft symbol. In this type of report, a failure in the mutual suppression bus, which connects the own aircraft transponder to the T2CAS CU, could result in the T2CAS CU developing an intruder track file on its own associated transponder. Simply performing a DC continuity test of the connection between the T2CAS CU and the transponders may not identify the problem. In many cases, a connector termination or pushed back pin may be the cause. That is why it is very important to be monitoring the suppression signal from the active source, on both ends. The following is one method to monitor the signal. Remove the T2CAS CU and the non--selected transponder. With an oscilloscope, monitor the signal at the T2CAS CU rack rear connector for the Mode S transponder suppression signal related to the squitter message sent every second by the selected operational transponder. Repeat the same test with the second transponder after removing the first transponder. To test the T2CAS CU suppression pulse, install the TCAS CU, remove the No. 1 transponder and monitor the TCAS suppression pulse during the time of the UF16 broadcast or the WSS while in the air (if possible). This TCAS suppression signal should also be present on the No. 2 transponder. (h) Suppression Bus Clear Page The Suppression Bus Clear page, Figure 6--11, is displayed only when a TCAS suppression bus failure is indicated and the 4096 Ident Code is 0510. This page briefly describes how to clear suppression bus failures from the fault record by exiting the extended test mode with this page displayed. When the TCAS extended test is exited, the failure indication is cleared and a Suppression Bus Clear code is recorded in the current flight leg. 34-43-20 6--17 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--11. Suppression Bus Clear Page (i) Antenna Port Status Page Selection of code 0011 displays the Antenna Port Status page, Figure 6--12. This page displays the current operational status of the top and bottom TCAS antennas. The status of each port is indicated as PASS when valid and FAIL when invalid. Information lines 8, 9, and 10 are not displayed when an omnidirectional bottom antenna is installed. Figure 6--12. Typical Antenna Port Status Page (j) Option Pins Status Page Selection of code 0012 displays a page that defines the T2CAS computer option pins. See Figure 6--13. 6--18 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--13. Typical Option Pins Status Page Option pins on the T2CAS computer associated with each of the functions defined on the Option Pins Status page are listed below. Where more than one option pin is indicated, the listed connector pins correspond to the display digits read from left to right. There are eight option pins available on the T2CAS computer for selection of various options. The OPT PINS are as follows: RMP--10G, --10H, --10J, --10K, --11A, --11B, --11C, and --11D. NOTE: OPT PINS RMP--10G, --10H, --10J, and --10K are reserved for future enhancements and are used for parity check only. The PARITY line (line 4) displays the status of the parity program pin (RMP--12G). Pin RMP--12G must be grounded (1) when the number of OPT PINS grounded is an odd number (1, 3, 5, 7). If number of OPT PINS grounded is an even number (0, 2, 4, 6, 8), then pin RMP--12G should be open (0). The STATUS line (line 5) displays FAIL if the option pins parity is incorrect or PASS if parity is correct. 34-43-20 6--19 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 The ENHANCEMENTS line (line 6) displays the status of the Flight Data Recorder ARINC 429 and Extended Maintenance Log Program input status (Pin RMP--11D). This option enables the use of the Flight Data Recorder and the down loading of the extended maintenance log through a PDL connected to connector J1 located on the front of the TCAS computer. If pin RMP--11D is open, the Flight Data Recorder is not used and normal RA display bus operation occurs. If pin RMP--11D is grounded, high speed ARINC 429 flight data is output on the RA Display #1 and #2 buses and maintenance log data can be downloaded through a portable data loader. NOTE: The three options that follow have been defined, but the functions have not been implemented in --XX001 and --XX002 TCAS computer software. These options should always indicate OFF in these versions. The three options are activated with --XX003 and --XX004 TCAS computer software. The MALE VOICE line (line 7) displays the Male Voice Program input status (Pin RMP--11C). This option allows audio annunciation to be selectable for either male or female gender. If pin RMP--11C is grounded, the male voice option is enabled (ON). If pin RMP--11C is open, the female voice option is enabled (OFF). The DISPLAY FLT ID line (line 8) displays the Flight ID Program input status (Pin RMP--11B). This program allows flight identification from the transponder to be output on traffic display buses. If pin RMP--11B is grounded, Flight ID Display is enabled (ON). If pin RMP--11B is open, Flight ID Display is disabled (OFF). The ALTITUDE ALERTER line (line 9) displays the Altitude Alerter Program input status (Pin RMP--11A). This program prevents the weakening of an RA based on selected altitude. If pin RMP--11A is grounded, the Altitude Alerter option is enabled (ON). If pin RMP--11A is open, the Altitude Alerter option is disabled (OFF). (2) TAWS/RWS Test Menu and System Status Pages The extended test mode provides maintenance information on the TAWS EFIS/Weather Radar display. Pages are indexed by pressing and holding the TAWS/RWS/GPS TEST button/switch on the Flight Deck for three seconds or less. The extended test mode is accessible only on the ground, and only after the standard short test has completed as outlined in section 3.B.2 of this (Fault Isolation) section. NOTE: 6--20 15 Feb 2003 The Extended Self--Test pages can be exited at any time by pressing the TAWS/RWS/GPS TEST button/switch for more than three seconds. 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (a) Extended Self--Test Page The Extended Self--Test Display page layout is dependent on the selection of display formats made in the ASDB. Some types have more viewable area than others thus the font size and formatting will differ, but the actual text displayed will remain the same. As such, all of the Extended Self--Test pages shown in this section are typical WXR display formats, the actual displays will vary according to the usable display area. The T2CAS TAWS Extended Self--Test page is the first page displayed. The Extended Self--Test page is divided into two pages, Figure 6--14 shows page 1, the Instructions Page and Figure 6--15 shows Page 2, the Table of Contents Page. The gray shaded area represents the anticipated viewable area of the display. The viewable area will vary with the display types as defined in the ASDB. ID--8000637 NOTE: Figure 6--14. Extended Self--Test Page (Page 1) 34-43-20 6--21 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S P A R T N U M B E R S 2 -- 6 ID--8000638 P A G E Figure 6--15. Extended Self--Test Page (Page 1 of 6) (b) Part Numbers Page The Part Numbers Page is divided into five pages. Figure 6--16 shows page 1, which displays the Aircraft Type and OMS Type. 6--22 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL ID--8000639 T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--16. Part Numbers Page 1 (Page 2 of 6) ID--8000640 Pages 2 and 3, shown in Figure 6--17 and Figure 6--18 respectfully, display the Aircraft Identifier, LRU Part Number, Software Modification Number and TAWS Database Part Number. Figure 6--17. Part Numbers Page 2 (Page 3 of 6) 34-43-20 6--23 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL ID--8000641 T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--18. Part Numbers Page 3 (Page 4 of 6) ID--8000642 Part Number Pages 4 (Figure 6--19) and 5 (Figure 6--20) contain APM information including Hardware Part Number, ACD Part Number and ASDB Part Number. Page 5 also includes a Internal System PASS/FAIL indication. Figure 6--19. Part Numbers Page 4 (Page 5 of 6) 6--24 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL ID--8000643 T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure 6--20. Part Numbers Page 5 (Page 6 of 6) E. T2CAS Computer Unit Self--Test The T2CAS computer unit detects system faults and displays them on its front panel annunciators. Its flight leg memory stores system status and fault information for 10 consecutive flight legs. A flight leg is the interval between weight--off--wheels and weight-on--wheels during which T2CAS is operative. By recalling the stored data, ground maintenance personnel can evaluate in--flight performance on the ground and fault isolate a current or previous failure to a specific LRU or LRU interface. Table 6--3 summarizes how the T2CAS computer unit self--test is activated at power--up, during operation, and during commanded self--test. The computer unit can activate the commanded self--test only when the aircraft is on the ground. Table 6--4 lists the functions of the computer unit’s status annunciators and the corresponding troubleshooting actions. If the annunciators indicate an antenna problem, the antenna connections should be checked by measuring the antenna resistance values at the computer unit mounting tray. The resistance values listed in Table 6--5 are measured between the center conductor and shield on each LTP and LMP antenna connector. 34-43-20 6--25 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 6--3. Computer Unit Self--Test Execution Test Sequence Activation Test Indications Power On Self--Test Self--Test is activated with each application of system power No indication unless a fault is detected. System status/fault data is stored in memory for 10 consecutive flight legs. Data can be recalled by doing the commanded self--test on the ground. Continuous Self--Test Executed automatically as part of normal TCAS inflight operation No indication unless a fault is detected. System status/fault data is stored in memory for 10 consecutive flight legs. Data can be recalled by doing the commanded self--test on the ground. Commanded Self--Test Push the front panel PUSH TO TEST button • All T2CAS TCAS front panel lamps come on during a 3--second lamp test. • If the TCAS is operational, the TCAS PASS green lamp comes on for a 10--second display period and then goes off. • If the TCAS is not operational, one or more red fault lamps come on for a 10--second display period. Refer to Table 6--4 for corrective action. • The T2CAS TAWS/RWS front panel lamps cycle as defined in Section 5 Adjustments/Test. • If the TAWS/RWS is operational XFER IN PROCESS LED will be extinguished and the TAWS P/F STATUS green lamp comes on for approximately 11 seconds. • If the TAWS/RWS is not operational, TAWS P/F STATUS, TAWS I/O FAIL, TAWS APM FAIL, and CF LOAD STATUS LEDs will be set for approximately 11 seconds. 6--26 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 6--3. Computer Unit Self--Test Execution (cont) Test Sequence Activation Push the PUSH TO TEST button again before the previous 10--second display period has elapsed Test Indications • Previous fault display is aborted • All T2CAS TCAS lamps come on during a 1--second lamp test • All front T2CAS TAWS/RWS LEDs will be lit for 1 second (+/-- 0.5 seconds) in the following colors: -- TAWS P/F STATUS: Red -- TAWS I/O FAIL: Red -- TAWS APM FAIL: Red -- XFER IN PROCESS: Green -- C/F LOAD STATUS: Red • The TAWS/RWS XFER IN PROCESS LED will be extinguished. • The TCAS Status/fault data recorded during the preceding flight leg is displayed for 10--seconds. • The TAWS/RWS Status/fault data recorded during the preceding flight leg is displayed for approximately 11 seconds. Push the PUSH TO TEST button before the end of each succeeding display period • TCAS and TAWS/RWS Status/fault data recorded during a total of 10 flight legs (maximum) is displayed • When data from the earliest recorded flight leg has been displayed, all lamps flash at approximately a 2.5--Hz rate for 3--seconds if the PUSH TO TEST button is pushed. This indicates the end of recorded test data. 34-43-20 6--27 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 6--4. TCAS Fault Reporting and Corrective Actions Status Annunciator Possible corrective Action TCAS PASS The T2CAS TCAS function passes its own internal BITE test T2CAS TCAS function is operational. If other annunciators are on, the problem is in the indicated subsystem or aircraft wiring. TCAS FAIL The T2CAS TCAS function has failed its own internal BITE test Replace the T2CAS computer unit. TOP ANT The top antenna DC resistance test indicates a failure Remove the T2CAS computer unit. Use a multimeter to measure the DC resistances indicated in Table 6--5 for the top antenna. Repair antenna cables or replace the antenna as required. BOT ANT The bottom antenna DC resistance test indicates a failure Remove the T2CAS computer unit. Use a multimeter to measure the DC resistance indicated in Table 6--5 for the bottom antenna. Repair antenna cable(s) or replace the antenna as required. HDG Heading input function not used Not applicable TA DISP Traffic advisory display discrete signals No.1 or No. 2 indicate a failure Check wiring and power to TA display. (On both sides of the Flight Deck, if two are installed.) Make sure that RA/TA valid discrete 1 and 2 (RMP--7E and RMP--7J) are <3.5 V dc to ground. Repair wiring or replace display as required. RA DISP Resolution advisory display discrete signals No.1 or No. 2 indicate a failure Check wiring and power to RA displays. Make sure that RA valid discrete 1 and 2 (RMP--14C and RMP--13E) are <3.5 V dc to ground. Repair wiring or replace display as required. RAD ALT Radio altitude source No.1 or No. 2 is invalid or has failed Check wiring and power to the radio altimeters. For analog radio altimeters, make sure the RAD ALT No.1 and No.2 valid discrete (RMP--2K and RBP--3C) are >18.5 V dc. Repair wiring or replace radio altimeter as required. XPDR BUS Mode S Transponder No.1 or No. 2 is invalid or has failed. Check wiring and power to the transponders. Check for data on XT 429 bus No.1 and No.2 (RMP--14F/G and RMP--14H/J). Repair wiring or replace transponder as required. If the Single Mode S Transponder program pin (RMP--10D) is not grounded in installations using --XX003, --XX004 TCAS Computer Units, a XPDR Bus Fault may be displayed. Attitude input function not used. Not applicable ATT 6--28 Failure 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 F. Directional Antenna Test / Fault Isolation Procedure NOTE: These procedures are recommended only if a T2CAS TCAS function bite or extended test failure of the top or bottom directional antenna has occurred. (1) Review extended maintenance or flight leg BITE data to determine which antenna has failed. (2) Remove T2CAS computer unit from mounting tray. Visually examine all antenna coax cable connectors at the mounting tray side as well as the LRU connectors. Remove any foreign material discovered and reinstall the LRU. (3) Do a system self--test to determine if the fault has cleared. If the failure continues, remove the T2CAS computer unit and proceed. (4) Do a continuity test at the LRU end of each antenna cable. The resistance values should be as specified in Table 6--5. (5) If an open circuit, short circuit, or unacceptable resistance measurement is detected on the directional antenna path, a failure has occurred in the connector, coax cable, or directional antenna. (6) Locate the directional antenna that has a suspected failure. Remove the coax cable from the antenna port that is suspected to have failed. Isolate which section of the antenna system is at fault by a process of elimination. The resistance values of the antenna ports should be as specified in Table 6--5. (7) Remove and replace the appropriate failed component in accordance with approved Aircraft Maintenance Manual procedures. Table 6--5. Antenna Wiring Resistance Antenna Connector Section Pin DC Resistance Top Directional Antenna LTP 1000 ± 100 Ohms 8060 ± 800 Ohms 4020 ± 400 Ohms 2000 ± 200 Ohms Bottom Directional Antenna LMP 1000 ± 100 Ohms 8060 ± 800 Ohms 4020 ± 400 Ohms 2000 ± 200 Ohms Optional Bottom Omnidirectional Antenna LMP 0 to 50 Ohms (50 Ohms maximum) Infinite (>50K Ohms) Infinite (>50K Ohms) Infinite (>50K Ohms) 34-43-20 6--29 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 NOTE: The procedures that follow are recommended for intermittent antenna system failures or if the continuity tests have not identified a failed component in the antenna system or if the flight crew detects an unacceptable visual discrepancy between an intruder aircraft and its displayed location. (8) If the displayed location of an intruder aircraft is believed to be in error, appropriate ramp test equipment can be used to simulate intruder aircraft to check the suspected discrepancy while on the ground. (9) Remove the suspected TCAS directional antenna and terminate the antenna side of the cable with a 50 ohm termination (Omni--Spectra Part Number 3102--6100--00 or equivalent TNC jack with VSWR ≤1.15 : 1). (10) Perform a thorough inspection for moisture or contamination of all coax cable assemblies. (11) Remove the T2CAS LRU and do a VSWR check on the coax cable from the T2CAS computer tray side. Use approved VSWR test equipment and operating procedures. The measured VSWR should be less than 2.0 : 1. (12) If the VSWR test fails, isolate failed antenna coax section. Remove/repair appropriate cable and/or connector. (13) An additional procedure for troubleshooting TCAS antenna system failures is to determine the RF insertion loss in the TCAS antenna coaxial cables. RF insertion loss is equivalent to RF IxR (voltage) drop through the coax and is measured in dB rather than volts. Each coax cable is required to have is 2.5 dB ( ±0.5 dB) of insertion loss and the loss in all the coax cables must be within 0.5 dB of each other. Many VSWR meters have a fixed RF source and can be used to measure RF insertion loss. In this test, the VSWR meter is used to measure the loss up one cable and down the other. The total loss should not exceed 6 dB. NOTE: The VSWR/insertion loss meter should be set up for L--band frequencies (approximately 1.0 GHz). To perform an RF insertion loss test, do the following: (a) Connect two of the TCAS antenna coax cables to each other at the antenna end with a DC shorted coupler. (b) Before any measurements are taken on the antenna system, the meter and any connectors/cables that are used to connect the meter to the TCAS antenna system must be zeroed out. This is typically done with a calibration adjustment on the VSWR meter. (c) After the VSWR meter (and associated connectors/cables) have been calibrated for 0 dB, connect the VSWR meter to the TCAS antenna coaxes under test (at the LRU end). Measure and record the RF loss. (d) Test different combinations of the TCAS antenna coax cables by connecting the coupler (at the antenna end) to different coax cables. By process of elimination, it can be determined if one of the TCAS antenna coax cables has excessive RF insertion loss. 6--30 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (e) As an example, suppose the following insertion losses have been measured: Antenna Port Antenna Port Measured Loss 90 8.5 dB 180 5.5 dB 90 180 8.0 dB It can be seen that when the coax connected to the 90 degree port is included in the measurement, there is excessive loss. Simple algebra can be used to determine that this coax has 5.5 dB of insertion loss. NOTE: 1 dB of excessive loss in one cable can result in about 3.5 degrees of intruder bearing error. (14) If the VSWR tests and RF insertion loss test comply, return the directional antenna to the manufacturer for further testing. Install a new directional antenna in accordance with Aircraft Maintenance Manual procedures. 34-43-20 6--31 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Blank Page 6--32 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 1. General This section provides instructions for removing, reinstalling, and adjusting each LRU of the T2CAS that has been previously installed by the aircraft manufacturer or completion center. Where applicable, instructions for replacing lamps, knobs, and set screws are included. Adjustment information is called out as required. CAUTION: SHOULD ANY INSTALLATION CRITICAL CASES ARISE WITH THE REINSTALLATION OF ANY UNIT, YOU MUST COMPLY 100 PERCENT WITH THE INSTRUCTION. CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, TURN AIRCRAFT POWER OFF WHEN REMOVING OR INSTALLING LRUS. When removing or installing any T2CAS LRU, prepare the aircraft for safe ground maintenance. Open and tag all applicable system circuit breakers. 2. Equipment and Materials CAUTION: BEFORE YOU USE A MATERIAL, REFER TO THE MANUFACTURERS’ MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR SAFETY INFORMATION. SOME MATERIALS CAN BE DANGEROUS. Maintenance materials identified with a Honeywell Material Number (HMN) are given in Table 7-- 1. Table 7-- 1. Materials Name HMN 9722878 Description Sealing compound, temperature--resistant, high--adhesion, two component, polysulfide synthetic rubber (MIL--S--8802, Type I -dichromate cured sealing materials, Class B1/2 -spreadable) — PR--1422 (base and accelerator) Source Courtaulds Aerospace, Glendale, CA NOTES: 1. Equivalent alternatives are permitted for materials in this list. 2. The HMN codes in the list of materials identify the HMN given to each material. No additional special equipment or materials, other than those commonly used in the shop, are required to install the units in existing trays and clamps, and to adjust the system. Do not over tighten mounting screws. Where torque values are not given, it is acceptable to finger tighten the mounting screws. 34-43-20 7--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 3. Procedure for the TT--950/951/952 T2CAS Computer Unit A. Removal and Installation Procedure (1) Remove the T2CAS computer unit. (a) Loosen mounting tray hold--down knobs. (b) Slowly pull forward on the computer unit handle to separate computer unit and mounting tray connectors. The computer unit is now free to be removed from the mounting tray. (c) Place electrostatic protective covers on the computer unit and the mounting tray electrical connectors. (2) Reinstall the T2CAS computer unit. (a) Remove protective plastic covers from aircraft connectors. Remove electrostatic protective covers from computer unit electrical connectors. (b) Slide computer unit into mounting tray. CAUTION: DO NOT FORCE FIT. IF MATING IS DIFFICULT, REMOVE THE COMPUTER UNIT AND EXAMINE THE CONNECTOR FOR PINS THAT ARE BENT OR OUT OF ALIGNMENT. ALSO CHECK THE ALIGNMENT OF THE RECEPTACLE IN THE MOUNTING TRAY. (c) Carefully apply firm pressure until the computer unit connectors mate with the connector receptacles on the mounting tray. (d) Tighten mounting tray hold--down knobs to make sure all connectors are fully engaged. B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure Not Applicable. D. Return to Service Procedures Do the Return to Service Test Procedures referenced in the ADJUSTMENT/TEST section of this manual. 4. Procedure for the APM A. Removal and Installation Procedure (1) Remove the APM. 7--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (a) If APM is attached to the T2CAS mounting tray, remove the screws that attach the APM to the T2CAS mounting tray. (b) Loosen the screws that attach the APM to the APM Mating Connector. (c) Carefully disconnect the APM from the APM Mating Connector. (2) Reinstall the APM. (a) Carefully insert the APM connector plug into the APM Mating Connector. (b) Tighten the screws that attach the APM to the APM Mating Connector. (c) If APM is to be attached to the T2CAS mounting tray, reattach the APM to the T2CAS mounting tray using the provided mounting screws. NOTE: If a new APM (blank or previously programmed for a different aircraft) is installed, the APM must be reprogrammed as specified in Adjustments/Test, section 6--D. B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure The ACSS APM is a non--repairable item. If the APM is damaged or determined to be faulty, it must be replaced with a new APM. D. Return to Service Procedures Do the Return to Service Test Procedures referenced in the ADJUSTMENT/TEST section of this manual. 34-43-20 7--3 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 5. Procedure for the Directional Antenna A. Removal and Installation Procedure (1) Remove the directional antenna. (a) If applicable, use a phenolic scraper to remove aerodynamic sealant around periphery of antenna. (b) Remove four or eight (quantity depends on dash number of antenna) non--Torx drive screws used to attach antenna to fuselage. See Figure 2--9 for location and number of mounting holes for each dash number antenna. (c) Carefully lift antenna from fuselage avoiding any damage to the coaxial cables. (d) Disconnect coaxial cables from antenna connectors J1, J2, J3, and J4. (e) Put protective covers on the aircraft coaxial cable connectors and the antenna coax connectors. (2) Reinstall the directional antenna. (a) If applicable, remove any existing aerodynamic sealant from antenna and clean antenna mounting area. (b) Put supplied o--ring in antenna o--ring groove. If antenna is supplied with a Teflon gasket, install gasket between antenna and fuselage. (c) Remove protective covers from antenna and aircraft coaxial mating connectors. (d) Examine antenna and coaxial mating connectors to make sure they are clean and secure. (e) Orient antenna with respect to airframe (arrow painted on radome must point forward). Connect four aircraft coaxial cables to antenna. Refer to Figure 2--12 for wiring information. Note the color bands on the antenna connectors and cables: yellow = J1, black = J2, blue = J3, and red = J4. NOTE: (f) Do not apply a sealant between antenna base and fuselage. Application of a sealant will reduce lightning protection. Align antenna mounting holes with holes in fuselage (note the non--symmetric hole pattern). (g) Attach antenna to fuselage with four or eight (quantity depends on dash number of antenna) non--Torx drive screws and flat washers. See tables 3 and 4 of Figure 2--12 for dash number mounting information. Apply a sealant to the screw threads before installing them. Torque mounting screws to 22 ± 3 inch--pounds (2.5 ± 0.2 Newton--Meters). (h) Apply an aerodynamic sealant around periphery of the antenna base to prevent seepage of water and condensation and to preclude corrosion. 7--4 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure The ACSS TCAS Directional Antenna is a non--repairable item. If the antenna is damaged or determined to be faulty, it must be replaced with a new antenna. D. Return to Service Procedures Do the Return to Service Test Procedures referenced in the ADJUSTMENT/TEST section of this manual. 6. Procedure for the Omnidirectional Antenna A. Removal and Installation Procedure (1) Remove the Omnidirectional Antenna. (a) If applicable, use a phenolic scraper to remove aerodynamic sealant around periphery of antenna baseplate. (b) If applicable, remove sealant from antenna mounting screw holes. (c) Remove retaining screws used to attach antenna to aircraft fuselage. (d) Carefully pull antenna from fuselage. (e) Disconnect coaxial cable from antenna connector. (f) Put protective covers on the aircraft coaxial cable connector and the antenna connector. (2) Reinstall the Omnidirectional Antenna. (a) If applicable, remove any existing aerodynamic sealant from antenna mounting surface and clean antenna mounting area. (b) Remove and clean sealant from baseplate and baseplate cutout. (c) Remove protective covers from antenna and coaxial cable connectors. (d) Examine antenna and coaxial cable connectors to make sure they are clean and secure. (e) Connect aircraft coaxial cable to antenna connector. (f) Apply a coating of sealant under heads of antenna mounting screws and position antenna on fuselage mounting surface. Attach antenna to fuselage with mounting screws. (g) Apply an aerodynamic sealant around the periphery of the antenna baseplate. 34-43-20 7--5 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure Most omnidirectional antennas are non--repairable. If the antenna is damaged or determined to be faulty, it must be replaced with a new antenna. D. Return to Service Procedures Do the Return to Service Test Procedures referenced in the ADJUSTMENT/TEST section of this manual. 7--6 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 7. Procedure for the GPS Antenna A. Removal and Installation Procedure TBD B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure TBD D. Return to Service Procedures 8. Procedure for the Control Panel A. Removal and Installation Procedure (1) Remove the Control Panel. (a) Disengage Dzus fasteners on control panel. (b) Pull control panel out of aircraft mounting location and disconnect aircraft cable connectors. Control panel is now free to be removed from aircraft. (c) Put electrostatic protective covers on control panel and aircraft mating electrical connectors. (2) Reinstall the Control Panel. (a) Remove protective covers from control panel and aircraft mating connectors. (b) Connect aircraft cables to control panel connectors J1 and J2. (c) Insert control panel into mounting location. (d) Engage Dzus fasteners on the control panel to attach it to aircraft structure. B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure Any repair procedures should be in accordance with the manufacturer’s repair instructions. D. Return to Service Procedures Do the Return to Service Test Procedures referenced in the ADJUSTMENT/TEST section of this manual. 34-43-20 7--7 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 9. Procedure for the VSI/TRA Display A. Removal and Installation Procedure (1) Remove the VSI/TRA Display. (a) Loosen screws of instrument panel mounting clamp. NOTE: Most installation clamps require the top screws be loosened to remove the instrument. Other clamps require the diagonal screws be loosened. Refer to the aircraft maintenance manual (AMM) for specific application. (b) Pull the VSI/TRA out of the instrument panel and disconnect J1 mating connector. (c) Put electrostatic protective covers on display and aircraft mating electrical connectors. (2) Reinstall the VSI/TRA Display. (a) Remove protective covers from display and aircraft mating connectors. (b) Connect aircraft cable to VSI/TRA connector J1. (c) Insert the display into the instrument panel and push all the way back against panel. (d) Tighten the four instrument mounting clamp screws. B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure Not Applicable. D. Return to Service Procedures Do the Return to Service Test Procedures referenced in the ADJUSTMENT/TEST section of this manual. 7--8 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 10. Procedure for the Transponder A. Removal and Installation Procedure (1) Remove Transponder (a) Loosen mounting tray hold--down knobs. (b) Slowly pull forward on the unit handle to separate transponder and mounting tray connectors. The transponder is now free to be removed from the mounting tray. (c) Place electrostatic protective covers on the transponder and the mounting tray electrical connectors. (2) Reinstall Transponder (a) Remove protective plastic covers from mounting tray connectors and transponder electrical connectors. (b) Slide transponder into mounting tray. CAUTION: DO NOT FORCE FIT. IF MATING IS DIFFICULT, REMOVE THE UNIT AND EXAMINE THE CONNECTORS FOR PINS THAT ARE BENT OR OUT OF ALIGNMENT. ALSO CHECK THE ALIGNMENT OF THE RECEPTACLE IN THE MOUNTING TRAY. (c) Carefully apply firm pressure until the transponder connectors mate with the connector receptacles on the mounting tray. (d) Tighten mounting tray hold--down knobs making sure all connectors are fully engaged. B. Adjustment Procedure Not Applicable. C. Repair Procedure Not Applicable. 34-43-20 7--9 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 D. Return to Service Procedures (1) For installations using serial data bus (ARINC 429) altitude data: (a) The POST (automatic on power on) and PAST self--test (initiated from the control panel) are the only required Return to Service tests for the transponder. (b) After the transponder passes these tests, the appropriate logbook entries may be made and the unit is ready for use. (2) For installations using parallel (Gillham code) altitude data: (a) The POST (automatic on power on) and PAST self--test (initiated from the control panel) must be passed. (b) Connect an air data tester to the aircraft pitot/static system and set up a transponder ramp tester. (c) Setup the air data tester to output the following altitudes. The transponder’s encoded altitude must correspond. • 11,700 feet • 24,400 feet • 30,800 feet. NOTE: These three altitudes check the operation of all parallel altitude wires. (d) After the transponder passes these tests, the appropriate logbook entries may be made and the unit is ready for use. 7--10 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 11. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness, FAR Part 25.1529 Maintenance requirements and instructions for Continued Airworthiness of the T2CAS Traffic Terrain and Collision Avoidance System components are contained in the paragraphs that follow: Installation of the T2CAS on an aircraft by Supplemental Type Certificate or Form 337 obligates the aircraft operator to include the maintenance information provided by this manual in the operator’s AMMl and the operator’s Aircraft Scheduled Maintenance Program. A. Maintenance information for the T2CAS (system description, removal, installation, testing, etc.) is contained in this manual. B. LRU part numbers and other necessary part numbers contained in this manual should be placed into the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft illustrated parts catalog (IPC). C. Wiring diagram information contained in this manual should be placed into the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals. D. The T2CAS components are considered on--condition units and no additional maintenance is required other than a check for security and operation at normal inspection intervals. E. If a system component is inoperative, remove unit, secure cables and wiring, collar applicable switches and circuit breakers, and placard them inoperative. Revise equipment list and weight and balance as applicable prior to flight and make a log book entry that unit was removed (refer to FAR Part 91.213 or the aircraft’s Minimum Equipment List [MEL]). F. The T2CAS components can be repaired only at a factory authorized repair center or an appropriately rated FAA Part 145 repair station. G. Once repaired, reinstall the LRU in the aircraft in accordance with the original Form 337 approved data or instructions in this manual. Do a Return to Service test of the system and approve it for return to service with a log book entry in accordance with the requirements specified in FAR Part 43.9. 34-43-20 7--11 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 H. Scheduled maintenance program tasks to be added to the aircraft operator’s appropriate aircraft maintenance program are as follows: (1) Recommended periodic scheduled servicing tasks: None required. (2) Recommended periodic inspections are as follows: • The TCAS directional antennas used with the T2CAS should be removed and the underlying structure inspected for deterioration and corrosion during zonal inspections usually performed in conjunction with heavy maintenance D checks. • The ATC transponder(s) used with this system have test and inspections that are required by FAR 91.413 to be completed every 24 months. (3) Recommended periodic scheduled preventative maintenance tests (Tests to determine system condition and/or latent failures): • The ACSS T2CAS Computer Unit is designed to detect its own failures as well as failures external to the computer unit. This BITE is continuously being executed on a periodic basis. No formal periodic maintenance is required for the T2CAS computer unit or the VSI/TRA display. • The ACSS RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder is designed to detect its own failures. This BITE is continuously being executed on a periodic basis. No formal periodic maintenance is required for the transponder other than the 24 month recertification test required by FAR 91.413. 7--12 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 INSPECTION/CHECK 1. General The visual check procedures that follow are recommended for the T2CAS Traffic and Terrain Collision Avoidance System components after they have been installed in the aircraft. 2. Equipment and Materials None 3. Procedure CAUTION: BEFORE YOU DO ANY OF THE PROCEDURES THAT FOLLOW, MAKE SURE ALL T2CAS SYSTEM CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE PULLED. A. Check T2CAS Computer Unit (1) Visually examine all external surfaces for possible damage. Check dust cover and external connectors for dust, corrosion, or damage. (2) Check external parts for loose or damaged hardware. (3) Make visual check of wiring and connectors for damage. B. Check Antennas (1) Visually examine all external surfaces for possible damage. (2) Check cabling for breaks, burned areas, and damaged insulation. C. Check Control Panel (1) Visually examine all external surfaces for possible damage. (2) Check external parts (connectors, control knobs, annunciators) for looseness or damage. (3) Check that controller is securely mounted (Dzus fasteners properly engaged). (4) Check controls for smooth, positive action. 34-43-20 8--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 D. Check VSI/TRA Display (1) Visually examine all external surfaces for possible damage. Check dust cover and external connector for dust or damage. (2) Check that display is securely mounted (locking mechanism is properly engaged). (3) Check that LCD glass is not scratched or cracked. E. Check Transponders (1) Visually examine all external surfaces for possible damage. Check dust cover and external connectors for dust, corrosion, or damage. (2) Check external parts for loose or damaged hardware. (3) Make visual check of wiring and connectors for damage. 8--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 CLEANING/PAINTING 1. General While the T2CAS Traffic and Terrain Collision Avoidance System is installed in the aircraft, cleaning is limited to the procedures given below. Painting and more extensive cleaning should be done during shop maintenance when the LRUs can be disassembled. Detailed instructions are given in each applicable component--level maintenance manual. 2. Equipment and Materials WARNING: BEFORE YOU USE A MATERIAL, REFER TO THE MANUFACTURERS’ MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR SAFETY INFORMATION. SOME MATERIALS CAN BE DANGEROUS. Table 9--1 gives the equipment and materials required for cleaning and painting. Table 9--1. Equipment and Materials Name Description Source Abrasive paper No. 600, nonconductive abrasive Optional source Air supply Air ionizing nozzle gun attachment for compressed air (20 psi) Optional source Cleaning brush Soft, natural--bristle (camel hair) Optional source Glass cleaner Ammoniated Optional source Lens tissue Lint Free Optional source Sandpaper Grit sizes 220 and 400 Optional source HMN 110C878 Catalyst, polyurethane — No. V66V44(--4) Sherwin--Williams Co, Cleveland, OH HMN 110C978 Reducer, polyurethane — No. R7K84 Sherwin--Williams Co, Cleveland, OH HMN 1130778 Solvent — Isopropyl alcohol (99%), semigrade Optional source HMN 6008676 Lint free cloth — Bluewipes, No. TX512 Texwipe Co, Upper Saddle River, NJ 34-43-20 9--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Table 9--1. Equipment and Materials (cont) Name Description Source HMN 94C2178 Coating, Prolane 2.8TPLUS Sherwin--Williams Co, polyurethane, semigloss WHT, Cleveland, OH FED--STD--595, Color No. 27925 — No. F63EXW968--4380 HMN 9460078 Primer, coating, epoxy, low VOC (MIL--P--23377, Type I, Class 2) Optional source NOTES: 1. Equivalent alternatives are permitted for equipment and materials in this list. 2. The HMN codes in the list of materials identify the Honeywell Material Number (HMN) given to each material. 3. Cleaning CAUTION: IF YOU CLEAN ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS WITH PRESSURIZED AIR, MAKE SURE THE HOSE HAS AN AIR IONIZING NOZZLE OR GUN. AN ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LRU COMPONENT PARTS IF THE NOZZLE OR GUN ATTACHMENT IS NOT USED. A. Clean T2CAS Computer Unit and Mounting Tray (1) Loosen mounting tray hold--down clamps and pull T2CAS computer unit out of mounting tray. (2) Clean mounting tray with cloth or brush dampened with solvent, then dry with cloth or compressed air. (3) Clean all dust and foreign matter from front panel and cover air vents with a clean cloth or brush dampened with solvent or clean with compressed air. B. Clean Antennas Clean antennas with a cloth dampened with solvent. Dry with a clean cloth or use compressed air. C. Clean Control Panel (1) Clean dust and foreign matter from cover and connectors with a brush dampened with solvent, then dry with a clean cloth or compressed air. (2) Clean front of control panel with a mild glass cleaner and soft cotton cloth. 9--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 D. Clean VSI/TRA Display (1) Clean front panel of display with a mild glass cleaner and soft cotton cloth. (2) Clean the glass face with a mild glass cleaner and lens tissue. E. Clean Transponders Clean transponders with a cloth dampened with solvent. Dry with a clean cloth or use compressed air. 4. Painting A. TCAS Directional Antennas (1) Scope This procedure covers the removal and reapplication of coating to the TCAS directional antenna. Localized touch--up is allowable and preferred using airbrush techniques to ensure minimal paint thickness. The touch--up may be applied either with the antenna on the aircraft or removed from the aircraft. (2) Procedure WARNING: SOLVENTS AND COATINGS ARE COMBUSTIBLE. KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT AND OPEN FLAME. (a) Clean Scrape away all filleting and adhesive material from area to be coated. Remove surface contamination using isopropyl alcohol or reducer. (b) Scuff Sand If the entire antenna is to be recoated, sand to primer with 220 grit sandpaper. An orbital sander is preferred. For localized touch--up, feather sand areas of exposed radome material to provide a smooth transition to the painted surface. (c) Final Sand If the entire antenna is to be recoated, sand primer and through--holes using 400 grit sandpaper or Scotch--Brite so the primer is removed except in swirls wherever possible. (d) Final Clean Clean the surface to be coated with isopropyl alcohol or reducer. 34-43-20 9--3 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 (e) Prime NOTE: The pot life of the primer after mixing components is 8 hours. Cover each Torx screw head with an adhesive dot to prevent paint from being applied to the screw heads. Mix components in a 1:1 ratio under slow agitation. Allow 15 minutes before spraying. Spray one light coat -- wet film thickness of 1.5 mils. • Viscosity -- 18 to 20 seconds No. 2 Zahn test • Gun orifice -- 363--A needle or equivalent • Fluid pressure -- 5 to 10 psi recommended • Air pressure -- 50 psi recommended. (f) Primer Cure Allow the primer to air dry for a minimum of one hour and a maximum of 4 hours before applying the top coat. (g) Paint Mix paint in a base to catalyst ratio of 6:1 under slow agitation. NOTE: The percentage of reducer used can vary to meet the applicable color standard. Spray one light tack coat and allow to dry 15 minutes. • Viscosity -- 20 to 22 seconds No. 2 Zahn test • Gun orifice -- 363--A needle or equivalent • Fluid pressure -- 5 to 10 psi recommended • Air pressure -- 50 psi recommended. Apply final top coat -- total wet film thickness of 3.5 to 4.0 mils. (h) Drying Cycle The antenna must air dry overnight or be baked at 85 degrees Celsius for 30 minutes minimum before flying. Remove the adhesive dots from the heads of the Torx screws. (3) Performance Verification Testing Perform a ramp test per approved aircraft maintenance procedure on the T2CAS system to ensure the bearing accuracy is within specification after the coating application. 9--4 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 B. Other T2CAS System LRUs Except for minor touch up, painting should only be done after the LRU has been removed from the aircraft or during shop maintenance. Painting procedures and materials are given in the applicable LRU component maintenance manual (CMM). 34-43-20 9--5 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Blank Page 9--6 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 REPAIRS 1. General Major repairs to the T2CAS system components are made only during shop maintenance when the equipment is removed from the aircraft. Detailed instructions for repair and adjustment of each of the repairable LRUs are presented in the applicable component maintenance manuals given in Table 10--1. Table 10--1. LRU Maintenance Manual ACSS Component Maintenance Manual (CMM) ATA Number TT--950 T2CAS Computer Unit Part No. 9000000--10001 TBD 34--43--11 TT--951 T2CAS Computer Unit Part No. 9000000--55001 TBD 34--43--11 TT--952 T2CAS Computer Unit Part No. 9000000--20001 TBD 34--43--11 Control Panel Part No. 4052190--902, --904, --906, --908 15--3841--01 34--43--01 Control Panel Part No. 4052190--903, --905, --907, --909 15--3841--03 34--43--05 VSI/TRA Indicator Part No. 4067241--8XX 15--2254--01 22--54--01 XS--950 Mode S Data Link Transponder Part No. 7517800--XXYYY A09--3839--002 34--52--08 XS--950 S/I Mode S/IFF Data Link Transponder Part No. 7519350--XXYYY A09--3839--003 34--52--09 RCZ--852 Diversity Mode S Transponder Part No. 7510700--850 A09--3800--15 23--81--01 LRU 34-43-20 10--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Blank Page 10--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 APPENDIX A 34-43-20 A--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 T2CAS AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION WORK SHEET Please fill out a T2CASt Customer Worksheet for each aircraft type. Aircraft Operator Current GPWS Altitude Callout Menu Aircraft Type (Ex. B747--200) Aircraft Quantity Configuration Variants (i.e., different display types) Aircraft Serial Number(s) / Registration Number(s) Installation Approval Information Please provide the following as applicable. Installation Approval Method (i.e., ACSS FAA STC, customer local, OEM TC, etc.) Installer (include contact and phone number) Are the Aircraft FAA Type Certified? Installation Design and Kit Provider (customer, ACSS, etc.) Target Date for Initial Installation Plan for Fleet Installation Aircraft Systems Information Please provide the following information as applicable. Existing TCAS ll Manufacturer Model / Part Number Manufacturer Model / Part Number Existing Mode S Transponder(s) Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Model / Part Number Existing Mode S Control Panel A--2 15 Feb 2003 Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Existing GPWS Manufacturer Model / Part Number Windshear Detection Enabled? Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Radio Altimeter Air Data Computer FMS IRS / INS / VG (Select Correct Input) Directional Gyro (If Applicable) GPS Yes No Manufacturer Model / Part Number *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Model / Part Number *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Part Number and Software Version *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Model / Part Number *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Model / Part Number *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Model / Part Number *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use 34-43-20 A--3 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 ILS Receiver Stall Warning Computer Manufacturer Model / Part Number *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Model / Part Number *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use Manufacturer Model / Part Number Angle of Attack (AOA) *Format of Data Number of Sources Available for T2CASt Use A. Aircraft Flight Deck Architecture for EFIS Equipped Aircraft Please provide the following information as applicable. EFIS Display EHSI MFD EICAS EFIS Symbol Generator(s) EFIS Control Panel A--4 15 Feb 2003 Manufacturer Model / Part Number Manufacturer Model / Part Number Manufacturer Model / Part Number Manufacturer Model / Part Number Manufacturer Model / Part Number and Software Version Manufacturer Model / Part Number 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 B. Aircraft Flight Deck Architecture for Non--EFIS Equipped Aircraft Please provide the following information as applicable. Manufacturer Weather Radar Display Model / Part Number Single or Dual Display Configuration Manufacturer Weather Radar Model / Part Number Single or Dual Display Configuration Source Display p y Range Selection (WXR Control Panel) WXR Ranges (Ex. 10, 20, 40nm, etc.) WXR Indicator or WXR Control Panel Format of Data C. Aircraft Flap and Landing Gear Data Landing Gear Down j Gnd / Open Landing Flaps j Gnd / Open j +28 VDC / Open j 3 Wire Synchro Flap Angle j Gnd / Open j Digital j 3 Wire Synchro T2CASt System Integration Worksheet The following checklist allows the user to define the level of system integration services required of ACSS’ Certification and Applications Engineering. Please mark/select the integration services desired by the ACSS Certification and Applications Engineering: Option Check Service Required ACSS Aircraft Approval Options Department of Services / Products Provided to Customer Equipment Only No Systems Integration or Certification Services Requested of ACSS Installation Data Package (IDP) ACSS Coordinates the Development of the Aircraft Installation Data Package Sufficient to Obtain Airworthiness Approval 34-43-20 A--5 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Aircraft Installation Kit ACSS Coordinates the Fabrication of Aircraft Installation Kits Based on The Installation Data Package Airworthiness Approval ACSS Supports Customer’s Effort to Obtain a Local Approval No Direct Approval Coordination by ACSS is Requested Airworthiness Approval ACSS Coordinates the Airworthiness Approval (FAA STC, CAA Approval, Etc.) Installation Support ACSS Provides On--Site Installation Support for the First Aircraft (Additional Aircraft as Mutually Agreed) Physical Installation ACSS Coordinates the Touch Labor for the Physical Installation of the T2CASt System Note: This option involves many variables and will need to be negotiated on a case--by--case basis. Aircraft Installation Kit Worksheet For programs where installation kit services are requested of ACSS, the following table allows the Customer to provide a general description of the type of kit required for its particular aircraft. It is anticipated that one aircraft installation kit worksheet will be completed for each aircraft type and/or of each aircraft configuration type. Review of the previous sections provides the user with a general understanding of the various aspects of the T2CASt installation, and provides a basis for the kit installation options. Initial Aircraft Configuration1 Mode S Transponder(s) GPS Number to Add2 Source Desired2 Existing GPS Position Source Existing TCAS ll Existing GPWS No No No T2CASt Other3 No No Yes T2CASt Other3 No Yes No T2CASt Other3 No Yes Yes T2CASt Other3 Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes TAWS Switch Annunicators2 Discrete LRU(s) with (cube) Edge Units Lighted Installed in Panels the Instrument Panel or Glareshield 1. Select the row that best represents the current configuration of aircraft. 2. Indicate selection by blackening the appropriate cells. 3. If other compatible GPS source will be installed, please specify the manufacturer, model and part number of the unit. A--6 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 APPENDIX B 34-43-20 B--1 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Blank Page B--2 15 Feb 2003 34-43-20 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 APPENDIX B AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION MATRIX Table B--1. Aircraft Configuration Figure Number B--1 Aircraft Type King Air C90 Configuration 1 ICD Document No. 8000119-002 Note 1 Radio Altimeter Rockwell Collins Alt--55B Air Data Computer ISS ADDU-80130--16 (Air Data Display Unit) Inertial System Dir Gyro: Sperry C--14A Vert Gyro: Bendix--King KVG--350 FMC Not Installed GPS/GNSS Honeywell/ Trimble HT9100 ILS/ MLS Garmin GNS 530 Angle of Attack Not Installed NOTES: 1. The King Air Configuration 1 is internal to ACSS. As such, no ICD was created for this configuration. The document number given is for the ASDB SRS. 34-43-20 B--3/(B--4 blank) 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document. Decision Height Bendix--King EFS 40 Flap/Slat Settings Onboard Maintenance System Terrain Hazard Display Not Installed Not Installed Bendix RDR 2000 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL T2CAS / Part No. 9000000 Figure B--1. T2CAS King Air C90 Interface Block Diagram 34-43-20 B--5/(B--6 blank) 15 Feb 2003 Use or disclosure of information on this page is subject to the restrictions in the proprietary notice of this document.
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : No Modify Date : 2003:02:13 14:36:03-07:00 Create Date : 2003:02:13 14:35:41-07:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows) Page Count : 217 Mod Date : 2003:02:13 14:36:03-07:00 Creation Date : 2003:02:13 14:35:41-07:00 Metadata Date : 2003:02:13 14:36:03-07:00EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools